your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety ...
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip-tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual...
OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation Maintenance Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
F2
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer Connect Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151 consumeraffairs@hmausa.com
Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English). For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2019 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.
F4
GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS
1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability for our customers.
2. Why should you use genuine parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.
F5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.
SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
F6
Introduction
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for additional information.
WARNING
· Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
F7
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system:
· Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
· Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
· Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
· Never use "E85" fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives) Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
HYUNDAI does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).
F8
Introduction
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank according to the maintenance schedule is recommended (refer to the Maintenance Schedule in chapter 7).
Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
· This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.
· If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
· Do not race the engine.
· While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
· Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
· Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
· Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
· Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
F9
Introduction
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include: · Gasoline and its vapors · Engine exhaust · Used engine oil · Interior passenger compart-
ment components and materials · Component parts which are subject to heat and wear In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
· How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
· Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
· How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
· How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
F10
Your Vehicle at a Glance
1
Safety System of Your Vehicle
2
Convenient Features of Your Vehicle
3
Multimedia System
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Driving Your Vehicle
5
What to Do in an Emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
8
Index
I
Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior Overview ..................................................1-2
1
Interior Overview ...................................................1-4
Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5
Engine Compartment .............................................1-7
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood......................................................3-49 2. Front lamps ..........................................7-65 3. Tires and wheels ..................................7-37 4. Side view mirror ....................................3-38
5. Sunroof..................................................3-45 6. Wiper blade ..........................................7-31 7. Windows ................................................3-41
OTMA018001
1-2
Rear view
1
Your vehicle at a glance
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Door ......................................................3-13 2. Fuel filler door ......................................3-62 3. Rear lamps ............................................7-70 4. Liftgate ..................................................3-50
5. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-73 6. Wiper blade ..........................................7-32 7. Antenna ..................................................4-2 8. Rear view monitor ..............................3-128
OTMA018002
1-3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-4
1. Inside door handle ................................3-15 2. Central door lock/unlock switch ............3-16 3. Power window switches ........................3-41 4. Power window lock switch/ ....................3-44
Electronic child safety lock switch ........3-19 5. Side view mirror control switch ..............3-39 6. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ....................................................3-67 7. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
switch ....................................................5-94 8. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)/
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist switch (BCA) ..............................5-70 9. AWD LOCK button ................................5-40 10. ESC OFF button ..................................5-32 11. Power liftgate button ............................3-52 12. Hood release lever ..............................3-49 13. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ......3-28 14. Steering wheel ....................................3-27 15. Seat........................................................2-4 16. Fuse panel ..........................................7-53
OTMA018003
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (I)
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Instrument cluster....................................3-66
1
2. Horn ........................................................3-28
3. Driver's front air bag ................................2-51
4. Key ignition switch/ ....................................5-6 Engine Start/Stop button............................5-9
5. Hazard warning flasher switch ..................6-2
6. Audio system/Navigation system ..............4-4
7. Manual climate control system/ ............3-137 Automatic climate control system ..........3-146
8. Heated steering wheel ............................3-29
9. Seat warmer ............................................2-21
10. Air ventilation seat ................................2-22
11. Power outlet ........................................3-168
12. Aux, USB and USB port ..........................4-2
13. USB charger ........................................3-170
14. Wireless cellular phone charging system ..................................3-170
15. Passenger's front air bag ......................2-51
16. Glove box ............................................3-165
17. Automatic transmission shift lever ........5-14
18. Drive mode button ................................5-51
19. Idle Stop and Go(ISG) OFF button ......5-46
20. Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ..............5-36
21. Reverse Parking Distance Warning OFF button ..........................................3-133
22. Surround view monitor button ............3-129
23. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ............5-21
24. Auto Hold switch....................................5-27
25. AC inverter ..........................................3-171
OTMA018004
1-5
Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (II)
1. Light control/Turn signals lever ....3-112 2. Wiper and washer control lever ....3-124 3. Audio remote control ........................4-3 4. Bluetooth® wireless technology ........4-4 5. LCD display control ........................3-91 6. Smart cruise controls....................5-106 7. Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle
distance ........................................5-111
The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-6
OTMA018005
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
2.4 GDI
2.0 T-GDI
1
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-23 2. Radiator cap .....................................7-24 3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-26 4. Air cleaner.........................................7-27 5. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-21 6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-21 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-27 8. Fuse box ...........................................7-54 9. Battery terminal [+] ...........................7-33 10. Battery terminal [-] .........................7-33
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OTMA078084/OTM078001
1-7
Safety system of your vehicle
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.
It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.
2
Important Safety Precautions..............................2-2 Child Restraint System (CRS).............................2-38
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2
Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-38
Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-39
Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-41
Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2
AIR BAG
Control Your Speed...........................................................2-3
- Advanced Supplemental Restraint System ...2-49
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-3
Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-51
Seats ........................................................................2-4
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-54
Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-5
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-59
Front Seats .........................................................................2-6
Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-60
Rear Seats.........................................................................2-13
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-65
Head Restraints ...............................................................2-16
SRS Care............................................................................2-70
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...................2-21
Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-71
Seat Belts ..............................................................2-25
Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-71
Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-25
Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-26
Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-28
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-34
Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-37
Safety system of your vehicle
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate child restraint. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident:
· ALWAYS set up your mobile devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
2-2
· ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most states have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones.
· NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
2
2-3
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety system of your vehicle
SEATS
2-4
Front seats (1) Seat sliding forward or rearward (2) Seatback angle adjustment (3) Seat cushion angle adjustment (4) Seat height adjustment (5) Seat cushion length adjustment* (6) Lumbar support adjustment(Driver's
seat)* (7) Seat warmer* (8) Air ventilation seat* (9) Head restraint
Rear seats (10) Seat sliding forward or rearward (11) Seatback angle adjustment (12) 2nd row seat remote folding switch (13) Head restraint (14) Seat warmer*
* : if equipped
OTMA038001
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety Precautions
Air bags
· Hold the steering wheel by the
Adjusting the seats so that you are You can take steps to reduce the risk
rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
sitting in a safe, comfortable position of being injured by an inflating air
and 3 o'clock positions to
plays an important role in driver and bag. Sitting too close to an air bag passenger safety together with the greatly increases the risk of injury in
minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
2
seat belts and air bags in an acci- the event the air bag inflates.
dent.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
· NEVER place anything or anyone between the steering
Administration (NHTSA) recom-
wheel and the air bag.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The
mends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and their chest.
WARNING
· Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries.
passenger's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions:
· Adjust the driver's seat as far to the rear as possible while maintaining the ability to maintain full control of the vehicle.
· Adjust the front passenger
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate child restraint systems. Adults and children who have outgrown a booster seat must be restrained using the
seat as far to the rear as pos- seat belts.
sible.
2-5
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt:
· NEVER use one seat belt for more than one occupant.
· Always position the seatback upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips.
· NEVER allow children or small infants to ride on a passenger's lap.
· Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body.
· Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed.
Front Seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat:
· NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident.
· Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback.
· Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire.
· Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism.
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
· Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
· Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.
2-6
Safety system of your vehicle
Manual adjustment (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the levers located on the out-
side of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper
2
position so that you can easily con-
trol the steering wheel, foot pedals
and controls on the instrument
panel.
OTM038003
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
OTM038004
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
2-7
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
OTM038005
Seat cushion height
To change the height of the seat cushion:
· Push down on the lever several times, to lower the seat cushion.
· Pull up on the lever several times, to raise the seat cushion.
2-8
Safety system of your vehicle
Power adjustment (if equipped) NOTICE
The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on
To prevent damage to the seats:
the outside of the seat cushion. Before · Always stop adjusting the seats driving, adjust the seat to the proper when the seat has moved as far
2
position so that you can easily control forward or rearward as possible.
the steering wheel, foot pedals and · Do not adjust the seats for
controls on the instrument panel.
longer than necessary when the
vehicle is turned off. This may
WARNING
result in unnecessary battery
drain.
OTM038006
Lumbar support (for driver's seat, if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch.
NEVER allow children in the vehicle unattended. The power seats are operable when the vehicle is turned off.
· Do not operate two or more seats at the same time. This may result in an electrical malfunction.
Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support.
2-9
Safety system of your vehicle
OTM038002
Forward and rearward adjustment To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
2-10
OTM038007
Cushion extension (for driver's seat, if equipped)
To move the front part of cushion forward:
1. Push the front part of control switch to move the seat cushion to the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat cushion reaches the desired length.
To move the front part of cushion rearward:
1. Push the rear part of control switch to move the seat cushion to the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat cushion reaches the desired length.
OTM038008
Seatback angle To adjust the seatback: 1. Rotate the top of control switch
forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat-
back reaches the desired position.
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Seat belts must be snug against your
Sitting in a reclined position when hips and chest to work properly.
the vehicle is in motion can be dan- When the seatback is reclined, the
gerous. Even when buckled up, the shoulder belt cannot do its job protection of your restraint system because it will not be snug against
2
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly your chest. Instead, it will be in front
reduced by reclining your seatback. of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
WARNING
neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined,
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
OTM038009
Seat cushion tilt (1) To change the angle of the front part
increases your chance of seri-
of the seat cushion:
ous or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Push the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower
Driver and passengers should
the front part of the seat cushion.
ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion height (2)
To change the height of the seat cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
2-11
Safety system of your vehicle
Seatback pocket
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants.
OTM038010
Lumbar support (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch.
· Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support.
· To move the support position up or down, press switch (3) or (4).
OTM038020
The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger's seatback.
WARNING
To prevent the Occupant Classification System from malfunctioning: Do not hang onto the front passenger's seatback.
2-12
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear Seats Rear seat adjustment
Folding the rear seat
To fold down the rear seatback:
The rear seatbacks can be folded to 1. Set the front seatback to the
facilitate carrying long items or to upright position and if necessary,
increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.
slide the front seat forward.
2
OTM038022
Seatback angle To recline the seatback: 1. Pull up the seatback recline lever. 2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat-
back of the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
WARNING
· Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.
· Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
OTMA038101
2. Lower the rear head restraints to the lowest position by pushing and holding the release button (1) and pushing down on the head restraint (2).
2-13
Safety system of your vehicle
OTM038026
3. Locate the seatbelt webbing in the guide before folding down the seatback to avoid the seatbelt system interfering with the seatback.
OTM038029
4. Pull up the seatback recline lever, then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle.
OTM038030
5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold the seatback to the upright position by pulling up the recline lever.
Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper position.
2-14
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death.
WARNING
Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death.
WARNING
2nd row seat folding (from outside) (if equipped)
Make sure the vehicle is off, the
shift lever is in P (Park), and the parking brake is securely applied
2
whenever loading or unloading
cargo. Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move if
the shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
CAUTION
· Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.
· When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats, ensure the cargo is properly secured to prevent it from moving while driving.
· Unsecured cargo in the passenger compartment can cause damage to the vehicle or injury to it's occupants.
OTMA038034
Push the 2nd row seat back folding switch (1) located on both sides of the tailgate. (L : Left seatback folding, R : Right seatback folding)
WARNING
Rear seat folding
Do not fold the rear seats, if passengers, pets or luggage are on the rear seats. It may cause injury or damage to passengers, pets, luggage.
2-15
Safety system of your vehicle
Armrest
OTM038025
The armrest is located in the center of the rear seat. Use the strap in the center of the armrest to pull it down.
Rear occupant alert system (if equipped)
This function alerts the driver when you get out of the car with the passenger remaining in the 2nd row seat.
If you open the door with the passenger in the 2nd row seat, a warning message appears on the cluster to give a first warning. If the movement is detected in the 2nd row seat after you lock all doors, a second warning alerts you.
Make sure to check for passengers in 2nd row seat before you get off.
For more details, refer to the "Rear Occupant Alert System" in chapter 3.
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats have adjustable head restraints. The head restraints provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your head restraints: · Always properly adjust the
head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle. · NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the head restraints removed or reversed.
2-16
Safety system of your vehicle
·
NOTICE
Front seat head restraints
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraints.
2
CAUTION
OLF034072N
Adjust the head restraints so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes.
· NEVER adjust the head restraint position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is in motion.
· Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback.
· Make sure the head restraint locks into position after adjusting it.
When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust the height of the head restraint to the lowest position. The rear seat head restraint can reduce the visibility of the rear area.
OOSEV038012L
The vehicle's front and passenger's seats are equipped with adjustable head restraints for the passengers safety and comfort.
2-17
Safety system of your vehicle
Type A
OTM038012
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position
(1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OLF034015
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.
Type B
OTM038015
OTM038013
Removal/Reinstallation To remove the head restraint: 1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward
using the seatback angle lever/ switch (1).
2-18
Safety system of your vehicle
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can go.
3. Press the head restraint release button (3) while pulling the head restraint up (4).
Type A
Type B
2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward
using the seatback angle lever/ switch (3).
2
Rear seat head restraints
OTM038016
OTM038014
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1).
OOSEV038030L
The rear seats are equipped with head restraints in all the seating positions for the passenger's safety and comfort.
2-19
Safety system of your vehicle
CAUTION · Adjust the head restraint so
the middle of the head restraints is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes.
· When seating on the rear seat, do not adjust the height of the head restraints to the lowest.
OTM038023
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OTM038024
Removal/Reinstallation To remove the head restraint: 1. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go. 2. Press the head restraint release
button (1) while pulling the head restraint up (2).
To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles into
the holes (3) while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.
2-20
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats
Front seat warmers (if equipped)
· People taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
Seat warmers are provided to warm
2
the seats during cold weather.
WARNING
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the skin should use extreme caution, especially the following types of passengers:
· Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients.
· People with sensitive skin or who burn easily.
· Fatigued individuals.
· Intoxicated individuals.
NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat warmers and seats:
· Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.
· Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers.
· Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer.
OTM038017
While the engine is running, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or front passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position.
2-21
Safety system of your vehicle
· Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows :
OFF
HIGH (
)
LOW ( )
MIDDLE (
)
· When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF.
· The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position each time the ignition switches is turned to the ON position.
· Auto Comfort Control (for driver's seat) (if equipped)
- The seat warmer automatically controls the seat temperature depending on the ambient temperature and the set climate control temperature when the engine is running. If the seat warmer switch is pushed, the seat warmer will have to be controlled manually.
To use this function, it must be activated from the Settings menu in the AV/AVN system screen.
- The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is ON. However, if the Auto Comfort Control function is ON, the driver's seat warmer will turn on and off depending on the ambient temperature and the set climate control temperature.
For more details, refer to the separately supplied Multimedia manual with your vehicle.
i Information
With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
Front air ventilation seat (if equipped)
OTM038019
The air ventilation seats are provided to cool the front seats by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat cushions and seatbacks. When the operation of the air ventilation seat is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. While the engine is running, push the switch to cool the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.
2-22
Safety system of your vehicle
· Each time you push the switch, - The air ventilation seats defaults · Avoid spilling liquids on the sur-
the airflow changes as follows:
to the OFF position whenever face of the front seats and seat-
OFF
HIGH (
)
the ignition switch is ON. backs; this may cause the air
However, if the Auto Comfort vent holes to become blocked
Control function is ON, the air and not work properly.
2
LOW ( )
MIDDLE (
)
ventilation seats will turn on and · Do not place materials such as
· When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the air ventilation seat operating, the
off depending on the ambient temperature and the set climate control temperature.
plastic bags or newspapers under the seats. They may block the air intake causing the air
operation will turn OFF.
For more details, refer to the sep- vents to not work properly.
· The air ventilation seats defaults to the OFF position each time the
arately supplied Multimedia manual with your vehicle.
· Do not change the seat covers. It may damage the air ventilation
ignition switch is turned to the ON
seat.
position.
NOTICE
· If the air vents do not operate,
· Auto Comfort Control (for driver's seat) (if equipped)
- The air ventilation seats automatically controls the seat tem-
To prevent damage to the air ventilation seat:
· Use the air ventilation seat ONLY when the climate control system
restart the vehicle. If there is no change, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
perature depending on the ambi- is on. Using the air ventilation
ent temperature and the set cli- seat for prolonged periods of
mate control temperature when time with the climate control
the engine is running. If the air system off could cause the air
ventilation seats switch is ventilation seat to malfunction.
pushed, the air ventilation seats will have to be controlled manually.
· Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.
To use this function, it must be
activated from the Settings menu
in the AV/AVN system screen.
2-23
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear seat warmers (if equipped)
Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows :
OFF HIGH ( ) LOW ( )
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
OTM038018
While the engine is running, push either of the switches to warm the rearseat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seatwarmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position.
i Information
With the seat warmerswitch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
2-24
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things to avoid when using seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most states require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts: · ALWAYS properly restrain
children under age 13 in the rear seats.
· NEVER allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible and properly restrain them in the seat.
· NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupant's lap.
· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
· Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt.
· Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back.
· Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
· Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged.
· Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats.
· NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause
2
loss of vehicle control result-
ing in an accident.
· Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.
· No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.
2-25
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace:
· Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing
· Damaged hardware · The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent
Seat Belt Warning Light Seat belt warning light
OTM038037
Driver's seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you place the ignition switch to the ON position regardless of belt fastening. At this time, if the seat belt is not fastened a warning chime will sound for 6 seconds. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
2-26
Safety system of your vehicle
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph
i Information
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay · Although the front passenger seat is
illuminated.
not occupied, the seat belt warning
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph
light will blink or illuminate for 6 2
seconds.
(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime Also, when the front passenger gets
will sound for approximately 100 sec- off the vehicle while the warning is
onds and the corresponding warning activating, the warning may contin-
light will blink.
ue for 6 seconds even after the pas-
If you unfasten the seat belt while senger gets off.
OTMA038038 driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the · The front passenger's seat belt
Front passenger's seat belt warning seat belt warning light will illuminate warning light may not properly
As a reminder to the front passenger, until the seat belt is fastened. the front passenger's seat belt warn- If you unfasten the seat belt while
operate if the front passenger does not sit properly in the seat.
ing lights will illuminate for approxi- driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the · The front passenger's seat belt
mately 6 seconds each time you seat belt warning chime will sound for warning may operate when luggage,
place the ignition switch to the ON approximately 100 seconds and the electronic device, etc. are placed on
position regardless of belt fastening. corresponding warning light will blink. the front passenger seat.
2-27
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Belt Restraint System
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt: · Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly. · Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration. · Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height. · Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.
Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor
OHSS038101
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.
OHSS038102L
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.
2-28
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from
the retractor, firmly pull the seat
2
belt out and release it. After
release, you will be able to pull the
belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the three different positions for maximum comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck.
OTM038040
To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.
OHSS038103
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
2-29
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system with convertible locking retractor
This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. Convertible retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems. Although a convertible retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, NEVER place any infant/child restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract, but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint System" section in this chapter.
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes, the emergency locking mode allows seated passengers to move freely in their seat while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor automatically locks the belt to help restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow the belt to fully retract.
2-30
Rear center seat belt
Pre-tensioner seat belt (Driver and front passenger)
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OHSS038103
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
OTMA038041
When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" mark must be used.
OTL035053
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner and Emergency Fastening Device System). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s). The Emergency Fastening Device System may be activated in certain crashes where the frontal collision(s) is severe enough, together with the air bags.
2-31
Safety system of your vehicle
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal or side collision(s), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the shoulder belts fit in tightly against the occupant's upper body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
(2) Emergency Fastening Device System
The purpose of the Emergency Fastening Device System is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupant's lower body in certain frontal collision(s).
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.
2-32
WARNING
· Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
· Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.
· Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident.
· NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioners become hot and can burn you.
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS · Both the driver's and front pas-
air bag is connected with the senger's pre-tensioner seat
pretensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instru-
belts may be activated in certain 2
frontal or side collisions or
ment panel will illuminate for rollovers.
approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position, and then it should turn off.
· When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust,
If the pre-tensioner is not working which may appear to be smoke,
OLMB033040/Q
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
4. Emergency fastening device
properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air bags as soon as possible.
may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
· Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were
activated.
2-33
Safety system of your vehicle
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt line so that it fits snugly and as low as possible across the hips, not across the abdomen.
WARNING
· A pregnant woman or a patient is more vulnerable to any imapcts on the abdomen during an abrupt stop or accident. If you are in an accident while pregnant, we recommend you consult your doctor.
· To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling. Infant and child restraints must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more information refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.
2-34
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Small children are best protected Larger children from injury in an accident when prop- Children under age 13 and who are
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a child restraint appropriate for the child's height and weight.
erly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying any child restraint system,
too large for a booster seat must always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoul-
2
To reduce the risk of serious make sure that it has a label certify- der and chest to restrain the child
injury or death to a child and ing that it meets Federal Motor safely. Check belt fit periodically.
other passengers, NEVER hold a Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213. Children are afforded the most safe-
child in your lap or arms when The restraint must be appropriate for ty in the event of an accident when
the vehicle is moving.The violent your child's height and weight. Check they are restrained by a proper
forces created during an acci- the label on the child restraint for this restraint system and/or seat belts in
dent will tear the child from your information. Refer to the "Child the rear seat. Always have the
arms and throw the child against Restraint Systems" section in this LATCH system inspected by your
the interior of the vehicle.
chapter.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an
accident. An accident can damage
the LATCH system and may not
properly secure the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position.
2-35
Safety system of your vehicle
If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
· Always make sure children are wearing their seat belts and that they are properly adjusted before driving.
· NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child's neck or face.
· Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front or rear seats are in a reclined position.
WARNING
· NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
· Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
· Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
2-36
Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.
2
2-37
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety system of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the rear seats of the vehicle. Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or height/ weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.
2-38
Safety system of your vehicle
Child restraint system (CRS) Infants and younger children must be
· Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
· If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child restraint system manual), the head restraint of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or
When selecting a CRS for your child, always:
· Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
· Select a child restraint based on
2
WARNING
entirely removed. · Do not use an infant carrier or
your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions
An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always take the following precautions when
a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an accident.
· After an accident, have a
for use typically provide this information.
· Select a child restraint that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used.
using a child restraint system:
HYUNDAI dealer check the · Read and comply with the warn-
· NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
child restraint system, seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.
ings and instructions for installation and use provided with the child restraint system.
· Always properly secure the
child restraint to a rear seat of
the vehicle.
· Always follow the child
restraint system manufactur-
er's instructions for installa-
tion and use.
2-39
Safety system of your vehicle
Child restraint system types There are three main types of child restraint systems: rearward-facing seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.
Rearward-facing child seats
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat. Placing a rearward-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.
OTM038044
A rearward-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduce the stress to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always ride in a rearward-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rearward-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rearward-facing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rearward-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rearward-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing child restraint with a harness.
2-40
Safety system of your vehicle
Booster seats
Installing a Child Restraint
A booster seat is a restraint designed System (CRS)
to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly
WARNING
2
over the lap of your child.
Before installing your child
Keep your child in a booster seat until restraint system always:
they are big enough to sit in the seat · Read and follow the instruc-
without a booster and still have the
tions provided by the manu-
seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to
facturer of the child restraint.
OTM038045
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your child restraint's
fit properly, the lap belt must lie snugly across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury.
· Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs.
manufacturer. Once your child outgrows the forward-
WARNING
facing child restraint, your child is ready for a booster seat.
If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a
child seat (as described in the
child seat system manual, the
head restraint of the respective
seating position shall be read-
justed or entirely removed.
2-41
Safety system of your vehicle
After selecting a proper child seat for your child, check to make sure it fits properly in your vehicle. Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle:
· Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system. If using the lap/shoulder belt for your child restraint, the convertible locking retractor should be pulled all the way out to engage the "automatic locking" mode. (See page 2-45.)
· Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward-andback and side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to-side movement can be expected.
· Secure the child in the child restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint.
Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the child restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your child restraint. The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The LATCH system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the child restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.
2-42
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seat-
2
ing position.There are no LATCH
anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision
resulting in serious injury or
OOSEV038012
death.
OTM038048L
LATCH anchors have been provided
[1] : Lower Anchor Position Indicator,
in the left and right outboard rear
[2] : Lower Anchor
seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no LATCH anchors provided for the center rear seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to identify the position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.
2-43
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions: 1. Move the seat belt buckle away
from the lower anchors. 2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors. 3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer. 4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.
2-44
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system:
· Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system.
· To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens.
· NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg).
How to determine an appropriate child restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint weight < 65 lb (30kg)
Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
2
· Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
OTMA038032
First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are located on the rear of the seatbacks.
· NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else.
· Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.
OTM038047
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side.
2-45
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint with lap/shoulder belt When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle. Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.
OLMB033044
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.
To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.
NOTICE
When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system" section in this chapter.
2-46
Safety system of your vehicle
2
OLMB033045
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
i Information
Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.
OLMB033097
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child restraint) mode.
OLMB033098
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
2-47
Safety system of your vehicle
5. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages for more information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the "Automatic Locking" mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the "Automatic Locking" mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually pulling the seat belt all the way out to shift the rectractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode.
To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.
2-48
Safety system of your vehicle
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
2
1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OTM038049
2-49
Safety system of your vehicle
This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver's seat and front passenger's seats.
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
2-50
Safety system of your vehicle
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steering wheel, and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.
Driver's front air bag Passenger's front air bag
The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for 2
more severe impacts.
OTMA038050
According to the impact severity, the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating front air bags, take the following precautions:
· Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
OTMA038051
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone.
· Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
· Never lean against the door or center console.
2-51
Safety system of your vehicle
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
· No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
Side air bags
The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
OTM038056
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions: · Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
OTM038057
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat. The pur-
pose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and the front passen-
ger with additional protection than
2-52
that offered by the seat belt alone.
Safety system of your vehicle
· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
· Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
· Do not use any accessory seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.
· Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates.
· Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.
· Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
· Do not cause impact to the doors when the ignition switch button is in the ON position as this may cause the side air bags to inflate.
· If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Curtain air bags
2
OTM038058
OTM038059
Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.
2-53
Safety system of your vehicle
They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bag, take the following precautions: · All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
· Properly secure child restraints as far away from the door as possible.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
· Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
· Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags.
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?
OTMA038102
The SRS consists of the following components: 1. Driver's front air bag module 2. Passenger's front air bag module 3. Side air bag modules 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors
2-54
Safety system of your vehicle
10.Side pressure sensors 11.Seat belt buckle sensor
SRS warning light
WARNING
12.Emergency Fastening Device
If your SRS malfunctions, the air
System 13.Occupant classification system
bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the
2
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System Control Module) continually monitors all SRS components while
The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration.
risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning:
the ignition switch is in the ON position The system checks the air bag elec- · The light does not turn on for
to determine if a crash impact is trical system for malfunctions. The
approximately six seconds
severe enough to require air bag light indicates that there is a potential
when the Engine Start/Stop
deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt malfunction with your air bag system,
button is in the ON position.
deployment.
which could include your side and · The light stays on after illumi-
curtain air bags used for rollover pro-
nating for approximately six
tection.
seconds.
· The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
· The light blinks when the engine is running.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur.
2-55
Safety system of your vehicle
During a frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehicle's deceleration. If the rate of deceleration is high enough, the control unit will inflate the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact or rollover.
· Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
· Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision, its direction, etc. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.
· The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
· In addition to inflating in certain side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side and curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.
· To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force.
· There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag.
2-56
Safety system of your vehicle
You can take steps to help reduce the risk of being injured by an inflat-
WARNING
Driver's front air bag (1)
ing air bag. The greatest risk is sitting
too close to the air bag. An air bag To reduce the risk of serious
needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA recom-
injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following pre-
2
mends that drivers allow at least 10 cautions:
inches (25 cm) between the center of · NEVER place a child restraint
the steering wheel and the chest.
in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear seats of the vehicle.
OTLA035107
· Adjust the front passenger's and driver's seats as far to the rear as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle.
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.
· Hold the steering wheel with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.
· Never place anything or anyone between the air bag and the seat occupant.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
2-57
Safety system of your vehicle
Driver's front air bag (2)
Driver's front air bag (3)
OTLA035108
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.
Passenger's front air bag
OTLA035109
OLMB033057
After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates:
· Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
· Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface.
2-58
Safety system of your vehicle
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
· Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold
Noise and smoke from inflating air bag
After a frontal or side air bag inflates,
water and mild soap.
When the air bags inflate, they make
it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy.
· Always have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once.
a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of
2
WARNING
your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing
After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions:
the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing
· Open your windows and doors
problems after an air bag deploy-
as soon as possible after
ment, seek medical attention imme-
impact to reduce prolonged
diately.
exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag.
Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
· Do not touch the air bag stor-
this is the case, wash and rinse with
age area's internal compo-
cold water immediately and seek
nents immediately after an air
medical attention if the symptoms
bag has inflated. The parts
persist.
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
2-59
Safety system of your vehicle
Occupant Classification System (OCS)
OTMA038053
Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.
Main components of the Occupant Classification System
· A detection device located within the front passenger seat cushion.
· Electronic system to determine whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
· An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
· The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.
You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator on the center fascia panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.
2-60
Safety system of your vehicle
Always be sure that you and all vehi- Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
cle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
Indicator/Warning light
Devices
the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if
Condition detected by the occupant classification system
"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator light
SRS warning light
Front passenger air bag
2
the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system. 1. Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
These include:
2. Infant *2 or child restraint
· Failing to sit in an upright position.
system with 12 months old *3 *4
On
Off
Deactivated
· Leaning against the door or center console.
· Sitting towards the sides of the front of the seat.
· Putting their legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
· Wearing the seat belt improperly.
· Reclining the seatback.
· Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear or hip protection wear.
3. Unoccupied 4. Malfunction in the system
On
Off
Deactivated
Off
On
Activated
*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
· Putting an additional thick cushion on the seat.
· Putting electrical devices (e.g. notebook, satellite radio) on the seat with inverter charging.
2-61
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
· NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger seat.
· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
OVQ036013NB
· NEVER place your feet on the front passenger seatback.
OLMB033103
· NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.
2-62
OLMB033100
· NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of the seat.
OLMB033101
OLMB033102
· NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on one side of the front passenger seat.
OLMB033104
Safety system of your vehicle
· Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
ODH035900K
· Do not place electronic
devices such as laptops,
DVD player, or conductive
2
materials such as water
bottles on the passenger
seat.
· Do not use electronic OTM038054 devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
· Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
ODH035901K
· If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the passenger seat, the air bag warning light may illuminate or malfunction.
OTM038055
Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.
· Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
· Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
· When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.
2-63
Safety system of your vehicle
B990A01O
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor). Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
WARNING
Never allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your passenger reposition himself in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator remains illuminated after the passenger repositions himself properly and the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat because the air bag will not inflate.
NOTICE
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position or after the engine is started. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds.
Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the Front Passenger's Seat
1JBH3051
Even though your vehicle is equipped with the OCS, never install a child restraint in the front passenger's seat. An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a child or child restraint resulting in serious or fatal injury.
2-64
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?
· Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sen-
· NEVER place a rear-facing or Air bags are not designed to inflate in
sors. If the location or angle of
front-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat of
every collision. There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag
the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they
2
the vehicle.
would not be expected to provide
should not or may not deploy
· An inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death.
· Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated.
when they should.
· Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a non-genuine HYUNDAI parts. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance.
· Place the ignition switch in
the LOCK/OFF or ACC posi-
Air bag collision sensors
tion when the vehicle is being
towed to prevent inadvertent
WARNING
air bag deployment.
· Have all air bag repairs conduct-
To reduce the risk of an air bag
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI
deploying unexpectedly and
dealer.
causing serious injury or death:
· Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
2-65
Safety system of your vehicle
1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensor 4. Side impact sensor 5. Side impact sensor
2-66
OTMA038060/OTM038061/OTMA038062/OTMA038063/OTM038064/OTM038065
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag inflation conditions
OTM038066
Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity of impact of the front collision.
Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of col-
lisions if the front impact sensors 2
detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions or rollover situations, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient OTMA038067 impact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.
OTM038068
Side and curtain air bags
Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.
2-67
Safety system of your vehicle Air bag non-inflation conditions
OTM038069
In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts.
OTM038070
Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit.
OTMA038071
Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity of impact.
2-68
Safety system of your vehicle
2
OTM038090
In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
OTM038072
Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions.
OTL035068
Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment could not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision.
2-69
Safety system of your vehicle
OTMA038073
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, take the following precautions:
· Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure.
· Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or the front passenger's panel above the glove box.
· Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system.
· Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
2-70
Safety system of your vehicle
· If components of the air bag Do not modify the front seats.
Air Bag Warning Labels
system must be discarded, or if Modification of the front seats could
the vehicle must be scrapped, interfere with the operation of the
certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an
supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags.
2
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for Do not place items under the front
the necessary information. seats. Placing items under the front
Failure to follow these precau- seats could interfere with the opera-
tions could increase the risk of tion of the supplemental restraint
OTMA038075
personal injury.
system sensing components and Air bag warning labels, required by
wiring harnesses.
the U.S. National Highway Traffic
Do not cause impact to the doors. Safety Administration (NHTSA), are Additional Safety Precautions Impact to the doors when the Engine attached to alert the driver and pas-
Passengers should not move out Start/Stop button is in the ON posi- sengers of potential risks of the air
of or change seats while the vehi- tion may cause the air bags to inflate. bag system. Be sure to read all of the
cle is moving. A passenger who is Modifications to accommodate information about the air bags that
not wearing a seat belt during a disabilities. If you require modifica- are installed on your vehicle in this
crash or emergency stop can be tion to your vehicle to accommodate Owners Manual.
thrown against the inside of the vehi- a disability, contact the HYUNDAI
cle, against other occupants, or be Customer Connect Center at 800-
ejected from the vehicle.
633-5151.
Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
2-71
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing Your Vehicle .........................................3-4
Mirrors...................................................................3-30
Remote Key.........................................................................3-4
Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-30
Smart Key............................................................................3-7
Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-38
Immobilizer System.........................................................3-12
Reverse Parking Aid Function......................................3-40
Door Locks............................................................3-13 Windows ................................................................3-41
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle....3-13
Power Windows ...............................................................3-42
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .......3-15
Panoramic Sunroof ..............................................3-45
3
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-17 Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ...............................3-18
Sunshade ...........................................................................3-46 Sliding the Sunroof.........................................................3-46
Electronic Child Safety Lock System .........................3-19
Tilting the Sunroof .........................................................3-47
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) System .....................................3-20
Closing the Sunroof........................................................3-47
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System ...........................3-21
Resetting the Sunroof ...................................................3-48
Theft-Alarm System............................................3-23
Sunroof Open Warning..................................................3-48
Driver Position Memory System........................3-24 Exterior Features.................................................3-49
Storing Positions into Memory ..................................3-24
Hood ...................................................................................3-49
Recalling Positions from Memory...............................3-25
Non-Powered Liftgate...................................................3-50
Resetting the Driver's Seat Memory System...........3-25
Power Liftgate .................................................................3-52
Easy Access Function ....................................................3-26
Smart Liftgate ..................................................................3-59
Steering Wheel .....................................................3-27
Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-62
Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-27
Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-66
Tilt Steering / Telescopic Steering .............................3-28
Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-67
Horn ....................................................................................3-28
Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-68
Heated Steering Wheel..................................................3-29
Transmission Shift Indicator.........................................3-71
Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-72
LCD Display Messages ...................................................3-85
LCD Display ...........................................................3-91
LCD Display Control........................................................3-91
LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-92
Trip Computer .....................................................3-106
Head Up Display (HUD).....................................3-110
Lighting................................................................3-112
3
Exterior Lights ...............................................................3-112
Interior Lights ................................................................3-120
Welcome System ...........................................................3-123
Wipers And Washers .........................................3-124
Front Windshield Wipers.............................................3-124
Front Windshield Washers..........................................3-126
Rear Window Wiper and Washer..............................3-127
Driver Assist System .........................................3-128
Rear view monitor ........................................................3-128
Surround View Monitoring .........................................3-129
Blind-spot View Monitor system ..............................3-131
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system............3-133
Manual Climate Control System.......................3-137
Heating and Air Conditioning.....................................3-138
System Operation .........................................................3-142
System Maintenance....................................................3-144
Automatic Climate Control System..................3-146 Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-147 Manual Temperature Control Mode .........................3-148 System Operation .........................................................3-155 System Maintenance....................................................3-156
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging............3-158 Auto Defogging System ..............................................3-160 Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-162
Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-163 Cluster ionizer................................................................3-163 Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-163 Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...............................3-164 Auto comfort control ...................................................3-164
Storage Compartment .......................................3-165 Center Console Storage ..............................................3-165 Glove Box........................................................................3-165 Sunglass Holder.............................................................3-166 Tray...................................................................................3-166 Luggage Tray .................................................................3-167
Convenient features of your vehicle
Interior Features ................................................3-168
Ashtray ............................................................................3-168
Cup Holder ......................................................................3-168
Sunvisor...........................................................................3-169
Power Outlet ..................................................................3-170
AC Inverter......................................................................3-171
USB Charger...................................................................3-173
3
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-173
Clock .................................................................................3-175
Coat Hook .......................................................................3-176
Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-176
Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-177
Cargo Security Screen.................................................3-178
Side Curtain ....................................................................3-180
Exterior Features...............................................3-181
Roof Side Rails ..............................................................3-181
Convenient features of your vehicle
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE Remote Key (if equipped)
OPD046001
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear liftgate. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Liftgate Unlock 4. Panic
Locking your vehicle
To lock your vehicle:
1. Make sure all doors, the engine hood and the liftgate are closed.
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key to lock all doors.
3. If the Door Lock button (1) is pressed once more within four seconds, the horn will beep once and the hazard warning lights will blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could place the key in the ignition switch and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.
Unlocking your vehicle
To unlock your vehicle :
1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
2. The driver's door will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times.
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to press the door unlock button once for driver door only and twice for unlocking all the doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press Unlock feature in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu:
User Settings Door Two Press Unlock
3-4
Convenient features of your vehicle
The Two Press Unlock feature can Liftgate unlocking
Start-up
also be enabled or disabled by press- To unlock the liftgate :
For information, refer to the "Key
ing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key FOB:
1. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button (3) on the remote key for
Ignition Switch" section in chapter 5.
Press and hold both the Door Lock
more than one second.
NOTICE
button and the Door Unlock button simultaneously until the hazard warning lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two Press Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to enable/disable the mode again.
2. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate will be unlocked.
3. Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
To prevent damaging the remote key:
· Keep the remote key away from water or any liquid and fire. Internal circuits may malfunction if the inside of the remote
3
key gets damp (from liquids or
i Information
After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
i Information
The word "HOLD" is written on the button to inform you that you must press and hold the button for more than one second.
moisture) or if it is heated. This can exclude the remote key from being covered under warranty.
· Avoid dropping or throwing the remote key.
· Protect the remote key from
Panic button
extreme temperatures.
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds.
To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the remote key.
3-5
Convenient features of your vehicle
Mechanical key
OPD046003
If the remote key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key. To unfold the mechanical key, press the release button on the remote key. To return the key to its stored position, press the release button and fold the key back into the remote key.
Remote key precautions
The remote key will not work if any of the following occur:
· The key is in the ignition switch.
· You exceed the operating distance limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).
· The remote key battery is weak.
· Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal.
· The weather is extremely cold.
· The remote key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the remote key.
If the remote key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the remote key contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails.
When possible, avoid placing the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
3-6
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
2. Using a screw driver, remove the Smart Key (if equipped)
Keep the remote key away from electromagnetic materials that block electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
battery cover.
3. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.
4. Reinstall the battery cover and key
Battery replacement
cover in the reverse order of removal.
3
If you suspect your remote key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your remote key is not working correctly contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OPD046044
OPD046002
If the remote key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the cover.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear liftgate.
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3. Liftgate Unlock
4. Panic
3-7
Convenient features of your vehicle
Locking your vehicle
i Information
The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.
Unlocking your vehicle
OTM048000
To lock your vehicle using the door handle button or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure all doors, the hood and the liftgate are closed.
2. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
3. Press either the button on the door handle or the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key. The chime will sound once and the hazard warning lights will blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle using the door handle button if any of the following occur:
· The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
· The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC or ON position.
· Any of the doors are open except for the liftgate.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.
OTM048000
To unlock your vehicle:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
2. Press either the button on the door handle or the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key. The driver's door will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink two times.
3-8
Convenient features of your vehicle
Two Press Unlock Feature
The Two Press Unlock feature can Opening the liftgate
The priority for unlocking the driver also be enabled or disabled by Non-power liftgate
door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
pressing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key FOB:
Press and hold both the Door Lock
To unlock and open the liftgate:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to press the door unlock button once for driver door only and twice for unlocking all the doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press Unlock feature in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu:
button and the Door Unlock button simultaneously until the hazard warning lights blink. This will enable or disable the Two Press Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to enable/disable the mode again.
i Information
· The door handle buttons will only
2. Press either the liftgate handle release switch on the vehicle or press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the smart key for more than one second. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate latch will unlock.
3. Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
3
User Settings Door Two Press Unlock
operate when the smart key is within 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the
i Information
outside door handle.
· The liftgate handle switch will only
· Either the driver or front passenger door can be opened with the door handle button when the smart key
operate when the smart key is within 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate handle.
is within this range.
· The Liftgate Unlock button (3) will
· If you press the front passenger outside door handle with the smart key in your possession, all the doors will unlock.
only unlock the liftgate. It will not release the latch and open the liftgate automatically. If the Liftgate Unlock button is used, someone must still press the liftgate handle
switch to open the liftgate.
3-9
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power liftgate To unlock and open the liftgate: 1. Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession. 2. Press either the liftgate handle
release switch on the vehicle or press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the smart key for more than one second. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate latch will open. 3. Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
i Information
The liftgate handle switch will only operate when the smart key is within 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate handle.
3-10
Panic button
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the Smart Key.
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without inserting the key.
For information, refer to the "Engine Start/Stop Button" section in chapter 5.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
· Keep the smart key in a cool, dry place to avoid damage or malfunction. Exposure to moisture or high temperature may cause the internal circuit of the smart key to malfunction which may not be covered under warranty.
· Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key.
· Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.
Mechanical key If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key.
OPD046045
To remove the mechanical key from the smart key FOB, slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow (1) and then pull the mechanical key (2) outward. To unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key, insert the mechanical key into the key hole in the driver door (Refer to page 3-14). To reinstall the mechanical key into the FOB, insert the key in the top of the key FOB and push inward until a click sound is heard.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two Smart Keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key,
If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
you should immediately take the This is specifically relevant when the Operation is subject to the following
vehicle and remaining keys to your phone is active such as making and three conditions:
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow receiving calls, text messaging, 1. This device may not cause harmful
the vehicle, if necessary.
and/or sending/receiving emails. When possible, avoid keeping the
interference.
3
remote key and your mobile phone in 2. This device must accept any inter-
Smart key precautions
the same location such as a pants or
ference received, including inter-
The smart key may not work if any of jacket pocket in order to avoid inter-
the following occur:
ference between the two devices.
ference that may cause undesired operation.
· The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
· The smart key is near a mobile the key surface.
two way radio system or a cellular
phone.
NOTICE
· Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a
Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.
problem with the smart key, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-11
Convenient features of your vehicle
Battery replacement
OPD046046
If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Remove the mechanical key. 2. Use a slim tool to pry open the
rear cover of the smart key. 3. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct. 4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key.
If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
Immobilizer System (if equipped)
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, then turn the ignition switch to the ON position again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle may not recognize your remote key or smart key if another remote key or smart key device is nearby or a metal object such as a key chain is causing interference with the remote key or smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not start. Remove any metal objects or additional keys near the remote key or smart key before attempting to start the vehicle again.
3-12
DOOR LOCKS
If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
Do not attempt to alter this system or Operation is subject to the following Remote key
add other devices to it. Electrical three conditions:
problems could result that may make 1. This device may not cause harmful
your vehicle inoperable.
interference.
3
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
Smart key
OTMA048001
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
[A] : Unlock, [B] : Lock
OTM048002
3-13
Convenient features of your vehicle
To remove the cover: 1. Pull out the door handle. 2. Press the lock located at the side
of the cover with a key or flat-blade screwdriver (1). 3. Push out the cover (2) while pressing the lock.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the cover while removing it or misplace it after removing it.
After removing the cover, turn the key toward the front of the vehicle to unlock and toward the rear of the vehicle to lock. If you lock the driver's door with a mechanical key, the driver's door will lock. If you unlock the driver's door with a mechanical key, you can open and close the driver's door only. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
3-14
Remote key
OPD047001N
To lock the doors, press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key, the driver's door will unlock. If you press the Door Unlock button on the remote key again within four seconds, then all the doors will unlock. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
Smart key
Lock / Unlock
Door Door Lock Unlock
OTM048000
OPD046004
Press the button on the driver's outside door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Door Unlock button on the Smart Key, the driver's door will unlock.
Convenient features of your vehicle
If you press the button on the front Operating Door Locks from
· If the inner door handle of either
passenger's outside door, all doors Inside the Vehicle
the driver door or passenger door
will unlock.
With the door lock button
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button is unlocked and the door will open.
handle.
· For Key Start Vehicles (with
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors
Remote Key)
The front doors cannot be locked if 3
are closed securely.
the remote key is in the ignition
switch and either of the front doors
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
OTMA048003
· To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Unlock" position. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible.
· To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the door is locked properly, the red
are open.
· For Push Button Start Vehicles (with Smart Key)
The doors cannot be locked if the smart key is inside the vehicle and any of the doors are open.
· Two press unlock setting can be
mark (2) on the door lock button
changed in the User Settings mode
will not be visible.
on the cluster.
· To open a door, pull the door han-
dle (3) outward.
3-15
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit:
· Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.
· Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.
· Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside.
i Information
When the vehicle's battery run out and you leave the vehicle, make sure all the doors are locked. You can lock the driver's door with a key and the rest of the doors with the lock button above the door inside handle.
With the central door lock switch
Driver's door
Passenger's door
OTMA048463
The driver side and front passenger side door armrest is equipped with a central door lock switch. The lock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol. The unlock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol.
When the lock button (1) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will lock.
When the unlock button (2) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will unlock.
· For Key Start Vehicles (with Remote Key)
If the key is in the ignition switch and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (2) is pressed.
· For Push Button Start Vehicles (with Smart Key)
If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (2) is pressed.
WARNING
· The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.
· Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver's or passenger's door while the vehicle is moving.
3-16
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.
CAUTION
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features
Opening a door when something Your vehicle is equipped with fea-
is approaching may cause dam- tures that will automatically lock or
age or injury. Be careful when unlock your vehicle based on set-
opening doors and watch for tings you select in the cluster LCD
vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles display. or pedestrians approaching the
3
vehicle in the path of the door.
Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle.
When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).
Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the engine is running.
3-17
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto UNLOCK - Enable on Shift When this feature is set in the LCD cluster display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the vehicle is shifted back into P (Park). For more information on these features, refer to the LCD Display section later in this chapter. Additional Unlock Safety Feature - Air Bag Deployment As an additional safety feature, all doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
3-18
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks (if equipped)
OTM048005
The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the lock position as shown.
To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock.
WARNING
If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
Electronic Child Safety Lock System (if equipped)
The Electronic child safety lock system can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the engine is turned off.
CAUTION
If your vehicle is equipped with the
Electronic child safety lock system,
the Child-protector rear door locks
which is manually operated is not
3
provided.
Convenient features of your vehicle
OTMA048423
If you push the Electronic child safety lock switch and the indicator illuminates, rear passengers cannot open the rear door from inside the vehicle.To cancel the Electronic child safety lock system, push the Electronic child safety lock system switch one more time and then the indicator turns off.
If Electronic child safety lock system is activated, rear passenger cannot open or close the rear window also. For more details, refer to "Windows" in this chapter.
OTM048424L
If the Electronic child safety lock system is not operated when pushing the Electronic child safety lock switch, the message is displayed and the alarm will sound.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system is operated when the Electronic child safety lock system is activated and the Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function is selected in the cluster. However, the Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system does not automatically activate the Electronic child safety lock system.
3-19
Convenient features of your vehicle
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) System (if equipped)
OTM058100
1. The Safe Exit Assist system is provided to help prevent the passengers from opening a door by warning the passengers when an approaching vehicle from the rear area is detected after the vehicle stops.
2. When an approaching vehicle from the rear area is detected after the vehicle stops, the rear door does not unlock even when the driver tries to unlock the rear door using the Electronic child safety lock button. The "Check surroundings then try again" warning message appears on the cluster and a warning sounds.
3-20
However if you press the switch within 10 seconds after the warning message appears (the indicator on the switch will turn off), the system judges that the driver unlocked the door acknowledging the rear status and released regardless of the rear status.
3. When an approaching vehicle from the rear is detected the moment the door is opened, the "Watch for traffic" warning message appears on the cluster and a warning sounds.
· The above 2 and 3 functions are activated when you select `Driver Assistance Blind-Spot Safety Safe Exit Assistance (SEA)' from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
· The Electronic child safety lock system will operate for approximately 10 minutes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the LOCK (or OFF) position. After about 10 minutes, the indicator on the switch turns off and you cannot deactivate the Electronic child safety lock system. To deactivate the Electronic child safety lock system, press the Electronic child safety lock switch again with the ignition switch in the ON position or after starting the engine.
· When the power is supplied again after removing the battery or battery discharge while the child safety lock is in the lock position, press the child safety lock switch once again to match the state of the indicator on the child safety lock switch and actual status of the Electronic child safety lock system.
· If the airbag is activated while the child safety lock switch is ON (the indicator on the switch illuminates) it automatically switches OFF and the rear door is unlocked.
CAUTION
· The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system may not operate normally if there is any vehicle or obstacle at the rear area of your vehicle.
· The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system may not operate normally when a vehicle is coming rapidly two lanes over from your vehicle or a vehicle is approaching at a fast speed from the rear in the lane next to your vehicle.
· The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system may be activated later than normal or may not operate normally if a vehicle is approaching fast from the rear of your vehicle.
· The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system will not operate if
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System (if equipped)
there is a malfunction with the The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) sys-
Blind-Spot Collision Warning tem is provided to help prevent exit-
(BCW) system as follows:
ing the vehicle with the rear passen-
- When the BCW warning ger left in the vehicle.
message appears
· 1st alert
3
When the BCW sensor or
- When you open the front door
the sensor surrounding is
after opening and closing the rear
polluted or covered
door and turning off the engine,
- When the BCW does not
the "Check rear seats" warning
warn or warns wrongly
message appears on the cluster.
For more details, refer to cautions and limitations in "BlindSpot Collision Warning (BCW)" in chapter 5.
WARNING
· The system does not detect every obstacle approaching the vehicle exit.
· The driver and passenger are responsible for any obstacles while exiting the vehicle. Always check the surrounding before you exit the vehicle.
· 2nd alert
- After the 1st alert the 2nd alert operates when any movement is detected in the vehicle after the driver's door is closed and all the doors are locked. The horn will activate for about 25 seconds. If the system continues to detect a movement the alert operates up to 8 times.
- Unlock the door with the remote key or smart key to stop the alert.
- The system detects movement in the vehicle for 24 hours after the door is locked.
3-21
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
· The 2nd alert is activated only after the prior activation of the 1st alert.
· You can activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu: User Settings Convenience Rear Seat Alert
CAUTION
· Make sure that all the windows are closed. If the window is open, the alert may activate by the sensor detecting an unintended movement (e.g. wind or bugs).
Cluster
Steering wheel
OTM048165L
OTMA048421
· If you do not want to use the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, press OK button on the steering wheel when the 1st alert is displayed on the cluster. Doing so will deactivate the 2nd alert once.
CAUTION
· If boxes or objects are stacked in the vehicle, the system may not detect the obstacle. Also, the warning may generate if the box or object falls off.
· The sensor may not operate normally if the senor is obscured by foreign substances.
· The alert may activate if movement in the driver or passenger seat is detected.
· The alert may activate with the doors locked due to car wash or surrounding vibration or noise.
· Inside movement detection is stopped under remote start (if equipped) status.
3-22
Convenient features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
WARNING
This system helps to protect your vehi- without using the remote key or smart cle and valuables. The horn will sound key will cause the alarm to activate.
· Even if your vehicle is equipped with the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, always make sure you check the rear seat before you get off the vehicle.
and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occur:
- A door is opened without using the remote key or smart key.
- The liftgate is opened without using the remote key or smart key.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the liftgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the liftgate, or the doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.
3
The alert may not operate if:
- The engine hood is opened.
- The movement does not continue for a certain period of time or the movement is small.
- The rear passenger is covered with an obstacle such as a blanket.
- Also, always be cautious of the passenger's safety as the detection function and 2nd alert may not operate according to the surrounding environment and certain conditions.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds (repeats 2 times unless the system is disarmed), then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the remote key or smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the liftgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the liftgate from outside the vehicle with the remote key or smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handle with the smart key in your possession.
i Information
· Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.
· If the vehicle is not disarmed with the remote key or smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and place the ignition switch in the ON position (for remote key) or start the engine (for smart key) by directly pressing the ignition switch with the smart key.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once to indi- · If the system is disarmed by unlock-
cate the system is armed.
ing the vehicle, but neither a door or
Once the security system is set, opening any door, the liftgate, or the hood
the liftgate is opened within 30 seconds, the doors will relock and the system will rearm automatically.
3-23
Convenient features of your vehicle
DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the driver position memory system while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage.
OTMA048007
The Driver Position Memory System is provided to store and recall the following memory settings with a simple button operation.
- Driver's seat position (Power seat)
- Side view mirror position
- Instrument panel illumination intensity
- Head Up Display (HUD) position and brightness (if equipped)
i Information
· If the battery is disconnected, the memory settings will be erased.
· If the Driver Position Memory System does not operate normally, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Storing Positions into Memory
1. Shift to P (Park) while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position, side view mirror position, instrument panel illumination intensity and head-up display height/brightness to positions comfortable for the driver.
3. Press the SET button. The system will beep once and notify you "Press button to save settings" on the cluster LCD display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or 2) within 4 seconds. The system will beep twice when the memory has been successfully stored.
5. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will appear on the cluster LCD display.
3-24
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recalling Positions from
· While recalling the "2" memory 2. Operate the control switch to set
Memory
position, pressing the SET or 2 but- the driver's seat and seatback to
1. Shift to P (Park) while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1 or 2). The system will beep once, and then the driver's seat position, side view mirror position, instrument panel illumination intensity and head-up display height/brightness will automatically adjust to the stored positions.
3. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings applied" will appear on the cluster LCD dis-
ton temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 1 button recalls the "1" memory position.
· While recalling the stored positions, pressing one of the control buttons for the driver's seat, side view mirror, instrument panel illumination or head-up display will cause the movement of that component to stop and move in the direction that the control button is pressed.
the foremost position. 3. Simultaneously press the SET
button and push forward the seat movement switch over 2 seconds.
While resetting the driver's seat memory system 1. It starts with the notification sound. 2. The driver's seat and seatback is
adjusted to the rearward position with the notification sound.
3
play.
3. The driver's seat and seatback is
Resetting the Driver's Seat
re-adjusted to the default position
i Information
Memory System
(central position) with the notification sound.
· While recalling the "1" memory position, pressing the SET or 1 button temporarily stops the adjust-
Take the following procedures to reset the driver's seat memory system, when it does not operate properly.
However, in the following cases, the resetting procedure and the notifica-
ment of the recalled memory posi-
tion sound may stop.
tion. Pressing the 2 button recalls To reset the driver's seat memo- - The memory button is pressed.
the "2" memory position.
ry system
- The control switch is operated.
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON position, shift to P (Park), and open the driver's door.
- The gear is shifted out of P (Park).
- The driving speed exceeds 2 mph (3 km/h).
- The driver's door is closed.
3-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· Reattempt to do the resetting procedure again, when the resetting procedure incompletely stops or the notification sound do not stop.
· Make sure that there is no obstacle around the driver's seat in advance of resetting the driver's seat memory system.
Easy Access Function
The system will move the driver's seat automatically as follows:
· With remote key
- It will move the driver's seat rearward when the ignition key is removed.
- It will move the driver's seat forward when the ignition key is inserted.
· With smart key
- It will move the driver's seat rearward when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the OFF position.
- It will move the driver's seat forward when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ACC or START position.
You can activate or deactivate the Easy Access Function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. 'Convenience Seat Easy Access Off/Normal/Extended'.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
CAUTION
Driver should be cautious when using this function to assure no injury to passenger or child on the back seat. In case of emergency the driver has to stop movement of front seat (when easy access feature is activated) by pressing SET button or any of the driver seat control switches.
3-26
Convenient features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electric Power Steering (EPS) · When abnormality is detected in · When you operate the steering
The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the system
the electric power steering sys- wheel in low temperatures, abnor-
tem, the steering assist function mal noise may occur. If the temper-
will stop. At this time, the warn- ature rises, the noise will disappear.
ing light turns on or blinks on This is a normal condition.
the cluster. The steering wheel · When an error is detected from the
may become difficult to control
EPS, the steering effort assist func-
or operate. Have your vehicle checked immediately, after moving the vehicle to a safe zone.
tion will not be activated.
3
Instrument cluster warning lights
may be on or the steering effort
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
may be high. If these symptoms occur, drive the vehicle to a safe
NOTICE
· If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering efforts. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:
· The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel effort will return to its normal condition.
area as soon as it is safe to do so. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
dealer and have the system · A click noise may be heard from the
checked as soon as possible.
EPS relay after the ignition switch
is in the ON or LOCK/OFF position.
· Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed.
3-27
Convenient features of your vehicle
Tilt Steering / Telescopic Steering When adjusting the steering wheel to a comfortable position, adjust the steering wheel so that it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
While adjusting the steering wheel height, please do not push or pull it hard since the fixture can be damaged.
3-28
OTM048009
To adjust the steering wheel angle and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and distance forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
i Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not engage completely. This may occur when the gears of the locking mechanism do not completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down on the lock-release lever, readjust the steering wheel again, and then pull back up on the release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
Horn
OTM048408
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed. NOTICE Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Heated Steering Wheel (if equipped)
· Auto Comfort Control (for driver's NOTICE
seat) (if equipped)
- The heated steering wheel automatically controls the steering wheel temperature depending on the ambient temperature and the set climate control temperature
Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. The cover or accessory could cause damage to the heated steering wheel system.
when the engine is running. If the
3
heated steering wheel switch is
pushed, the heated steering
wheel will have to be controlled
manually.
OTM048010
When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the engine is running, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button again. The indicator on the button will turn off.
To use this function, it must be activated from the Settings menu in the AVN system screen.
- The heated steering wheel defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is ON. However, if the Auto Comfort Control function is ON, the heated steering wheel will turn on and off depending on the ambient temperature and the set climate control temperature.
The heated steering wheel will auto- For more details, refer to the sepa-
matically turn off after approximately rately supplied Multimedia manual
30 minutes.
with your vehicle.
3-29
Convenient features of your vehicle
MIRRORS Inside Rearview Mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to see that your inside rearview mirror is properly positioned. Adjust the rearview mirror so that the view through the rear window is properly centered.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as this may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)
Type A
Type B
OTM048011
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.
[A]: Day, [B]: Night
OTMA048464
3-30
Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever towards you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.
Blue Link® center (if equipped)
Type A
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink® system, compass and Blue Link® (if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with a Z-NavTM Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated 3
HomeLink® Wireless Control System.
Type B
OTMA048474
During nighttime driving, this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle is pointed. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door(s), electric gate, home lighting, etc.
Convenient features of your vehicle
OTMA048466
For details, refer to the Blue Link® Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual or Audio Manual.
3-31
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAD045045N
(1) Blue Link Center button (2) Blue Link POI button (3) Blue Link SOS button (4) Compass control button &
Dimming ON/OFF button (5) Status indicator LED (6) Channel 1 button (7) Channel 2 button (8) Channel 3 button (9) Compass display (10) Rear light sensor
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision SafetyTM (NVS®) Mirror (if equipped)
The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces glare by monitoring light levels in the front and the rear of the vehicle. Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature.
For more information regarding NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you. The autodimming function can be controlled by pressing the Dimming ON/OFF button (4):
1. Pressing and holding the button for 3 seconds turns the auto-dimming function OFF which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing and holding the button for 3 seconds again turns the autodimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on.
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
Z-NavTM Compass Display
The NVSTM Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z-NavTM Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
3-32
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled. To turn the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the button within 1 second to turn the display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the button again within 1 second to turn the display back ON.
Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.
There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. To compensate for this difference you will need to adjust the Zone setting based on where you live.
3
B520C05NF
3-33
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
To adjust the Zone setting:
1. Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the button for 6 seconds, the current Zone Number will appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to increment (Note: they will repeat ...13, 14, 15, 1, 2, ...). Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.
There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle magnets, such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna. Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle's magnetic field. In these situations, the compass will need to be re-calibrated to quickly correct these changes.
If you need to recalibrate the compass:
1. Press and hold the button for more than 9 seconds. When the compass memory is cleared a "C" will appear in the display.
2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control System can replace up to three hand-held radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with a single built-in device. This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate operators, garage door openers, entry door locks, security systems, even home lighting. Both standard and rolling code-equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the outlined procedures.
Additional HomeLink® information can be found at: www.homelink.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Retain the original transmitter of the RF device you are programming for use in other vehicles as well as for future HomeLink® programming. It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink® buttons be erased for security purposes.
3-34
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Programming HomeLink® Please note the following:
Programming
Before programming HomeLink® to a garage door opener or gate operator, make sure people and
· When programming a garage door opener, it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage.
Flashing
objects are out of the way of the · It is recommended that a new bat-
device to prevent potential harm or damage. Do not use the
tery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being pro-
3
HomeLink® with any garage door
grammed to HomeLink® for quicker
opener that lacks the safety stop
training and accurate transmission
and reverse features required by
of the radio-frequency signal.
U.S. federal safety standards (this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect an object - signaling the door to stop and reverse -
· Some vehicles may require the ignition switch to be placed in the ACC (or "Accessories") position for programming and/or operation of HomeLink®.
ODH044413N
To train most devices, follow these instructions: 1. For first-time programming, press
does not meet current U.S. feder- · In the event that there are still pro-
and hold the two outside buttons
al safety standards. Using a
gramming difficulties or questions
( , ), HomeLink® Channel 1
garage door opener without
after following the programming and Channel 3, until the indicator
these features increases the risk
steps listed below, contact light begins to flash (after 10 sec-
of serious injury or death.
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com
onds). Release both buttons. Do
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
not hold the buttons for longer
than 20 seconds.
3-35
Convenient features of your vehicle
Flashing
ODH044414N
2. Position the end of your hand-held transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) away from the HomeLink® button you wish to program while keeping the indicator light in view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink® and handheld transmitter buttons until the HomeLink® indicator light changes from a slow to a rapid blinking light. Now you may release both the HomeLink® and hand-held transmitter buttons.
3-36
i Information
Some devices may require you to replace this Programming step 3 with procedures noted in the "Gate Operator/Canadian Programming" chapter. If the HomeLink® indicator light does not change to a rapidly blinking light after performing these steps, contact HomeLink® at www.homelink.com.
4. Press and hold for 5 seconds then release the programmed HomeLink® button up to two separate times to activate the door. If the door does not activate, press and hold the justtrained HomeLink® button and observe the indicator light.
· If the indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink® button is pressed and released.
· If the indicator light blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light, continue with "Programming" steps 5-7 to complete the programming of a rolling code equipped device (most commonly a garage door opener).
5. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage, locate the "learn" or "smart" button. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit.
6. Firmly press and release the "learn" or "smart" button. (The name and color of the button vary by manufacturer). There are 30 seconds to initiate step 7.
7. Return to the vehicle and firmly press, hold for 2 seconds and release the programmed HomeLink® button. Repeat the "press/hold/release" sequence a second time, and, depending on the brand of the garage door opener (or other rolling code equipped device), repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming process.
HomeLink® should now activate your rolling code equipped device.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gate operator & Canadian program- Reprogramming a single HomeLink® Erasing HomeLink® buttons
ming
button
Individual buttons cannot be erased.
During programming, your handheld To program a device to HomeLink® However, to erase all three pro-
transmitter may automatically stop using a HomeLink® button previously grammed buttons:
transmitting. Continue to press the trained, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the two outer
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless 1. Press and hold the desired
HomeLink® buttons until the indi-
Control System button (note steps 2 through 3 in the Programming portion
HomeLink® button. DO NOT release the button.
cator light begins to flash after 10 seconds.
3
of this document) while you press and re-press ("cycle") your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash
2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the HomeLink® button, proceed with "Programming" step 2.
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds.
The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System is now in the training
slowly and then rapidly after several
(learn) mode and can be pro-
seconds upon successful training. Operating HomeLink®
For questions or comments, contact HomeLink® at www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.
grammed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Programming chapters above.
To operate, simply press and release the programmed HomeLink® button. Activation will now occur for the trained device (i.e. garage door opener, gate operator, security system, entry door lock, home/office lighting, etc.). For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time.
NVS® is a registered trademark and Z-NavTM is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. HomeLink® is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLTLMHL4
IC: 4112A-TLMHL4
3-37
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
Side View Mirrors
OTM048015
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors to your desired position before you begin driving. Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand side view mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The side view mirrors can be folded to help prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. The right side view mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear.
Use the inside rear view mirror or look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side view mirrors while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
· Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
· If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
3-38
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Adjusting the side view mirrors NOTICE
Do not clean the mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products.
· The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjust-
ing angles, but the motor contin-
ues to operate while the switch
is pressed. Do not press the
switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the
3
motor.
· Do not attempt to adjust the side view mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor.
OTMA048016
1. Move the lever (1) either to the L (left side) or R (right side) to select the side view mirror you would like to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control switch (2) to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, move the lever (1) to the middle to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
3-39
Convenient features of your vehicle
Folding the side view mirrors
Reverse Parking Aid Function (if equipped)
The side view mirrors will automatically revert to their original positions if any of the following occur:
· The ignition switch is placed to either the LOCK/OFF position or the ACC position.
· The shift lever is moved to any position except R (Reverse).
· The remote control side view mirror switch is not selected.
OTMA048015
To fold the side view mirrors, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it inwards.
OTMA048008
When you move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position, the side view mirror(s) will rotate downwards to aid with driving in reverse. The position of the side view mirror switch (1) determines whether or not the mirrors will move:
Left/Right : When either the L (Left) or R (Right) switch is selected, both side view mirrors will move.
Neutral : When neither switch is selected, the side view mirrors will not move.
3-40
WINDOWS
(1) Driver's door power window switch
(2) Front passenger's door power window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window switch
3
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
OTMA048020
3-41
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows. The power windows will operate for approximately 10 minutes after the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows will not operate even within the 10 minutes period.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving.
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) opened (or partially opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is normal and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof.
Window opening and closing
OIK047016
To open: Press the window switch down to the first detent position (5). Release the switch when you want the window to stop. To close: Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.
3-42
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto up/down window
To reset the power windows
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
(if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the sec-
If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
ond detent position (6) completely 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON
lowers or lifts the window even when position.
the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.
2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second.
3
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
OTM048021
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid
If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
injuries or vehicle damage.
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 sec-
onds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reverse fea-
ture, the automatic window reverse
will not operate.
3-43
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction.
NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on the windows.The automatic reverse feature may not operate.
Power window lock switch
OTMA048006
The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch. When the power window lock switch is pressed: · The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passenger power window · Note that the front passenger control is still able to operate the front passenger window, and that the driver master control can still operate all the power windows.
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional window operation by a child.
NOTICE
· To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.
· Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.
3-44
Convenient features of your vehicle
PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the overhead console.
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.
· The sunroof is made of glass,
· After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.
subject to break in case of an
accident. Passengers without
the appropriate protection (e.g. seat belt, CRS, etc.) on may
3
project out through the broken
WARNING
glass and may be seriously injured or even result in death.
OTM048022
The ignition switch must be in the ON position before you can open or close the sunroof.
The sunroof can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the ignition switch is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK/OFF position.
However, if the front doors are opened, the sunroof cannot be adjusted even within the 10 minutes period.
· Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.
· Make sure heads, hands, arms or any other body parts or objects are out of the way before operating the sunroof.
· Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sunroof while driving, to avoid serious injury.
· Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children.
· Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injury or vehicle damage.
NOTICE
· Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.
· Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow may wet the interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof open when the vehicle is unattended may invite theft.
3-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunshade
Sliding the Sunroof
When the sunshade is opened If you pull the sunroof control lever backward, the sunroof glass will slide all the way open. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily.
i Information
Only the front glass of the sunroof opens and closes.
OTM048023
· To open the sunshade, pull the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position.
· To close the sunshade when the sunroof glass is closed, push the sunroof control lever forward.
To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever either forward or backward momentarily.
OTM048024
When the sunshade is closed
If you push the sunroof control lever backward past the first detent, the sunshade will slide all the way open and then the sunroof glass will slide all the way open.
To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever either forward or backward momentarily.
i Information
Activating the control lever to the first detent requires only a very light touch.
3-46
Tilting the Sunroof
Closing the Sunroof
Sunroof glass
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
Sunroof glass with sunshade
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OTM048025
When the sunshade is closed If you push the sunroof control lever upward towards the roof of the vehicle, the sunshade will slide open then the sunroof glass will tilt open.
To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever either forward or backward momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you push the sunroof control lever upward, the sunroof glass will tilt open.
To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever either forward or backward momentarily.
OTM048026
To close sunroof glass Push the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position.
To close sunroof glass with sunshade Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position. The sunroof glass will close, then the sunshade will close automatically. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever either forward or backward momentarily.
ODH043039
If the sunroof senses any to an obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop to allow the object to be cleared.
WARNING
Small objects that can get caught between the sunroof glass and the front glass channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse system. In this case, the sunroof glass will not detect the object and will not reverse direction.
3-47
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the sunroof guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel which can make a noise.
· Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly.
Resetting the Sunroof
The sunroof may need to be reset if the following conditions occur: · The battery is discharged or dis-
connected or the sunroof fuse has been replaced or disconnected · The sunroof control lever is not operating correctly
To reset the sunroof, perform the following steps: 1. Turn the engine on and close the
sunroof glass and sunshade completely.
3-48
2. Release the control lever. 3. Push and hold the sunroof control
lever forward (to close the sunshade) for about 10 seconds until the sunroof moves slightly, then release the control lever. 4. Push and hold the sunroof control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows:
Sunshade Open Glass Tilt Open Glass Slide Open Glass Slide Close Sunshade Close
Then, release the control lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof system is reset.
For more information, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
If you do not reset the sunroof, it may not work properly.
Sunroof Open Warning (if equipped)
OTM048118
· If the driver turns off the engine when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for approximately 3 seconds and the sunroof open warning will appear on the cluster LCD display.
· If the driver turns off the engine and opens the door when the sunroof is not fully closed, the sunroof open warning will appear on the cluster LCD display until the door is closed or the sunroof is fully closed.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.
Convenient features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Hood
Closing the hood
Opening the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in and around the engine compartment to ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects
are removed from the engine
room area or hood opening area - All glove, rags, or other com-
3
bustible material is removed
from the engine compartment
OTM048028
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
OTMA048029
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push up the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2). After it has been raised about halfway, it will raise completely by itself.
- All filler caps are tightly and correctly installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 12 inches (30 cm) from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. If the hood can be raised slightly, it is not securely locked. Open it again and close it with more force.
3-49
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening.
· Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.
· Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall or be damaged.
3-50
Non-Powered Liftgate (if equipped)
Opening the liftgate
3. With the Smart Key in your possession, press the liftgate handle switch and open the liftgate.
Closing the liftgate
OTMA049030
Before attempting to open the liftgate, make sure the vehicle is in P (Park). To open the liftgate, perform one the following:
1. Unlock all doors with the Door Unlock button on your remote key or smart key. From outside press the liftgate handle switch and open the liftgate.
2. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the remote key or smart key. From outside press the liftgate handle switch and open the liftgate.
OTMA048031
Lower the liftgate lid and press down until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again without pressing the liftgate handle switch.
i Information
In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
WARNING
Emergency liftgate safety release
The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.
3
NOTICE
Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the liftgate struts and mounting hinges if the liftgate is not closed prior to driving.
WARNING
Always keep the liftgate completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.
OHYK047009
Do not hold on to or try to pull on the liftgate strut. Be aware that the deformation of the liftgate strut may cause vehicle damage and risk of injury.
OTMA048032
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle.
To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following steps:
1. Remove the cover.
2. Push the release lever to the right.
3. Push the liftgate outward and upward.
3-51
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Be aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the liftgate using the safety release lever.
· No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
· Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
Power Liftgate (if equipped) Power liftgate button
Also, the speed of the power liftgate can be adjusted in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
`User Settings Door Power Liftgate Speed Normal / Fast'
- If the power liftgate function turns off or the liftgate is not fully closed, you cannot adjust the power liftgate speed.
- Initial speed of power liftgate is set as "Fast".
OTM048035
Power liftgate setting
When the ignition switch is in the ON position and the shift lever is in P (Park), the power liftgate can be opened by using the console button on the dash.
Before using the power liftgate, make sure the power liftgate option is selected in the User Setting modes in the cluster LCD display.
`User Settings Door Power Liftgate'
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
i Information
The power liftgate operates only when the automatic shift lever is in P (Park).
3-52
WARNING
Opening the liftgate The power liftgate will open automat-
Never leave children unattended ically by doing one of the following:
in your vehicle. Children might
operate the power liftgate.
Doing so could result in injury
to themselves or others, and could damage the vehicle.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before operating the power liftgate. Wait until the liftgate is opened fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo or passengers from the vehicle.
OTM048033
Smart key liftgate unlock button Press and hold the liftgate unlock button on the smart key.
OTMA049034
Power liftgate handle switch
Press the liftgate outside handle switch while having the smart key with you.
NOTICE
Do not close or open the power liftgate manually. This may cause damage to the power liftgate. If it is necessary to close or open the power liftgate manually when the battery is discharged or disconnected, do not apply excessive force.
3-53
Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the liftgate The power liftgate will close automatically by doing one of the following:
OTM048035
Power liftgate button Press the power liftgate button for approximately one second.
In order to suddenly stop the movement of the liftgate while it is operating, quickly press the power liftgate button.
OTM048033
Smart key liftgate unlock button Press and hold the liftgate unlock button on the smart key when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close and lock automatically.
OTMA048036
Power liftgate inner button
Press the power liftgate inner button for approximately 1 second. The liftgate will close and lock automatically.
3-54
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power liftgate non-opening conditions
CAUTION
The power liftgate does not open when the vehicle is in motion.
Operating the power liftgate more than 5 times continuously
could cause damage to the oper-
WARNING
ating motor. In this case, the
The chime will sound if you
power liftgate system enters into thermal protection mode to pre-
3
drive with the liftgate opened.
vent the motor from overheating.
OTM048035
Power liftgate button
Press the power liftgate button for approximately one second. In order to suddenly stop the movement of the liftgate while it is operating, quickly press the power liftgate button.
Stop your vehicle immediately at a safe place and check if your liftgate is opened.
In thermal protection mode the power liftgate will not operate. If any of the power liftgate buttons are pressed to try to open the liftgate, the chime will sound 3 times but the liftgate will remain closed.
Allow the power liftgate system to cool for about 1 minute before operating the system again.
In order to suddenly stop the movement of the liftgate while it is operating, quickly press the power liftgate button.
3-55
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· The power liftgate can be operated when the engine is not running. However, the power liftgate operation consumes a large amount of electic power.
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not operate it excessively (e.g. more than 5 times repeatedly).
· To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the power liftgate in the open position for a long time.
· Do not modify or repair any part of the power liftgate by yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· When jacking up the vehicle to change a tire or repair the vehicle, do not operate the power liftgate. This could cause the power liftgate to operate improperly.
· In cold and wet climates, the power liftgate may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
Automatic reversal
OTMA048037
During power opening and closing if the power liftgate is blocked by an object or part of the body, the power liftgate will detect the resistance. If resistance is detected while opening or closing the power liftgate, the liftgate will stop and move in the opposite direction.
3-56
Convenient features of your vehicle
However, in some instances the automatic reversal system may not
WARNING
How to reset the power liftgate If the battery has been discharged or
detect the object if it is too soft or is very thin, or if the liftgate is almost fully closed near the latched position. Caution should be taken to prevent any objects from obstructing the liftgate opeining.
If the automatic reversal feature operates more than 2 times while attempting to open or close the liftgate, the power liftgate may stop at that position. If this occurs, carefully
Never intentionally place any object or part of your body in the path of the power liftgate to make sure the automatic reversal operates.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the
disconnected, or if the power liftgate fuse has been replaced or removed, reset the power liftgate by performing the following procedure:
1. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
2. Press the power liftgate inner button and the power liftgate outer handle button simultaneously for more than 3 seconds. The chime will sound.
3
close the liftgate manually, and then power liftgate before you oper- 3. Close the liftgate manually.
try to operate the power liftgate auto- ate the power liftgate feature. If the power liftgate does not work
matically again.
Additional weight may damage properly after the above procedure,
the operation of the system.
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
When operating the power liftgate, the gear shift lever must be in the (P) park position in order to operate normally.
3-57
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power liftgate opening height user setting
WARNING
Always keep the liftgate completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.
Emergency liftgate safety release
OTMA048036
Follow the instructions below to set the fully open height of the power liftgate: 1. Position the liftgate manually to
the height you prefer. 2. Press the power liftgate inner but-
ton for more than 3 seconds. 3. Close the liftgate manually after
hearing the buzzer sound.
The liftgate will open to the manually adjusted height that was set.
WARNING
Rear cargo area
Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained.
OTMA048032
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle.
To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following steps:
1. Remove the cover.
2. Push the release lever to the right.
3. Push the liftgate outward and upward.
3-58
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Smart Liftgate (if equipped)
How to use the Smart Liftgate The hands-free smart liftgate system
· Be aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the liftgate using the safety release lever.
can be opened automatically when the following conditions are met:
· The Smart Liftgate option is
enabled in the User Settings in the
cluster LCD display · The Smart Liftgate is activated and
3
· No one should be allowed to
ready 15 seconds after all the
occupy the luggage compart-
doors are closed and locked
ment of the vehicle at any time.
· The Smart Liftgate will open when
The luggage compartment is a
the smart key is detected in the
very dangerous location in the
OTMA048038 area behind the vehicle for 3 sec-
event of a crash.
· Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
On vehicles equipped with a smart key, the liftgate can be opened with hands-free activation using the Smart Liftgate system.
onds
3-59
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
The Smart Liftgate will NOT operate when:
· Any door is open, or all doors are closed but not locked
· The smart key is detected within 15 seconds from when the doors were closed and locked
· For vehicles equipped with illuminated exterior front door handles, if the smart key is detected within 15 seconds from when the doors were closed and locked or if the smart key is within 60 inches (1.5m) from the front door handles
· The smart key is in the vehicle.
1.Setting To activate the Smart Liftgate, go to User Settings mode and select Smart Liftgate in the cluster LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
2.Detect and Alert The Smart Liftgate detecting area extends approximately 20-40 in (50100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound to alert you that the smart liftgate will open.
i Information
Do not approach the detecting area if you do not want the liftgate to open. If you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the hazard warning lights and chime starts to operate, move away from the area behind the vehicle with the smart key. The liftgate will remain closed.
3. Automatic opening
After the hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds 6 times, the power liftgate will open.
WARNING
· Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle.
· Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the liftgate.
· Make sure objects in the rear cargo area do not come out when opening the liftgate, especially if the vehicle is parked on a grade or incline.
· If you keep your vehicle parked and locked on your driveway, you may want to temporarily deactivate the Smart Liftgate system. Otherwise, standing at the rear of the vehicle with the smart key may cause the liftgate to open unintentionally.
3-60
Convenient features of your vehicle
· The key should be kept out of reach of children. Children may inadvertently open the Smart Liftgate while playing around the rear area of the vehicle.
How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate function using the smart key
i Information
· If you press the door unlock button
(2), the Smart Liftgate function will
be deactivated temporarily. But, if
you do not open any door for 30
seconds, the Smart Liftgate func-
tion will be activated again.
3
· If you press the liftgate open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the lift-
gate opens.
OPD046044
1. Door lock 2. Door unlock 3. Liftgate open 4. Panic If you press any button on the smart key during the Detect and Alert stage, the Smart Liftgate function will be deactivated.
· The Smart Liftgate function will still be activated if you press the door lock button (1) or liftgate open button (3) on the smart key as long as the Smart Liftgate is not already in the Detect and Alert stage.
· In case you have deactivated the Smart Liftgate function by pressing the smart key button and opened a door, the Smart Liftgate function can be activated again by closing and locking all doors.
Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the Smart Liftgate function for emergency situations.
3-61
Convenient features of your vehicle
Detecting area
OTMA048039
· The Smart Liftgate detecting area extends approximately 20-40 in (50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound for about 3 seconds to alert you that the smart liftgate will open.
· The alert stops once the smart key is moved outside of the detecting area within the 3 second period.
i Information
· The Smart Liftgate function may not operate properly if any of the following instances occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
· The Smart Liftgate detecting area may change when:
- The vehicle is parked on an incline or slope
- One side of the vehicle is raised or lowered relative to the opposite side
Fuel Filler Door Opening the fuel filler door
OTM048040
1. Turn the engine off. 2. Ensure the driver's door is unlocked. 3. Push the fuel filler door near the 3
o'clock position.
3-62
Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is latched securely.
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
i Information
The fuel filler door will not close if the
· Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station.
3
driver's door is locked. If you lock the · Before refueling, note the
driver's door while fueling, unlock it
location of the Emergency
OTM048041 before closing the fuel filler door.
Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward
at the gas station.
to access the fuel tank cap.
i Information
· Before touching the fuel noz-
5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
· Tighten the cap until it clicks once, otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator light will illuminate.
· There may be an intermittent noise
zle, you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler
6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
near the refueling hole while the
neck, nozzle, or other gas
i Information
If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to a warm
engine is idling if the fuel cap is not closed securely. This occurs normally with the OBD system.
· When refueling on unleveled ground, the fuel gauge may not point to the F position. It is not a malfunction. If you move your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel gauge will move to the full position.
source, with your bare hand.
· Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors and cause a fire.
place and allow the ice to melt.
3-63
Convenient features of your vehicle
· Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling. You can generate a buildup of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source, with your bare hand.
· When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete.
· Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline.
· When refueling, always move the shift lever to the P (Park) position (for automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission), set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
· Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling.
· Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause gasoline spillage.
· If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.
· If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
3-64
i Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the "Fuel Requirements" suggested in the Introduction chapter.
NOTICE
· Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
· If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.
3
3-65
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Type A
Type B
3-66
1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. LCD display (including Trip computer) The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more information, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.
OTMA048182/OTMA048181
Convenient features of your vehicle
Instrument Cluster Control Adjusting instrument cluster
WARNING
illumination
Never adjust the instrument
cluster while driving. Doing so
could lead to driver distraction
which may cause an accident
and lead to vehicle damage, serious injury, or death.
3
OTM048042
When the vehicle's position lights or headlights are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.
OIK047144L
· The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.
· If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound.
For information regarding the illumination setting on your audio display, refer to the "Setup" section of your Audio or Navigation manual.
3-67
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gauges and Meters Speedometer
Type A
Tachometer
Type A
Type B
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Type A
Type B
Type B
OTM048102L
OTMA048103
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h). 3-68
OTM048105/OTM048106
The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm). Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.
OTM048108/OTM048109
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.
Fuel gauge
Type A
Type B
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain addi-
tional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator
3
comes close to the "E (Empty)"
level.
Convenient features of your vehicle
OTM048110/OTM048111
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
i Information
· The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8.
· The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
· On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
NOTICE Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.
3-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
Outside temperature gauge
Type A
Type B
You can change the temperature unit from °F to °C or °C to °F in the User Settings mode in the cluster:
- Go to User Settings Mode Other Temperature Unit.
For vehicles equipped with Automatic Climate Control, you can also:
- Press the AUTO button while pressing the OFF button on the climate control unit for 3 seconds
Odometer
Type A
Type B
OTMA048112/OTMA048113
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperature by 1 degrees F (1 degrees C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F (-40°C ~ 60°C)
Note that the temperature indicated on the LCD display may not change as quickly as the outside temperature (there may be a slight delay before the temperature changes.)
Both the temperature unit on the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
OTMA048183/OTMA048115
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.
3-70
Convenient features of your vehicle
Range
Type A
Type B
i Information
· If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the range function may not operate correctly.
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automatic transmission shift indicator
Type A
Type B
· The range may differ from the
actual driving distance as it is only
3
an estimate of the available driving
range for the vehicle and driving
conditions.
OPDE046138R/OTM048116R
· The range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel.
· If the estimated distance is below 1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will display "---" as range.
· The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon (6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
· The range may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.
OIG046112/OTM048114
This indicator displays the gear position of the shift lever.
3-71
Convenient features of your vehicle
Type A
Warning and Indicator Lights Air Bag Warning Light
OAD048561N
Shift indicator pop-up (if equipped)
The pop-up indicates the current gear position displayed in the cluster for about 2 seconds when shifting into other positions (P/R/N/D).
The shift indicator pop-up function can be activated or deactivated from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
i Information
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
This warning light illuminates:
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The air bag warning light illuminates for about 6 seconds and then turns off when all checks have been performed
· The air bag warning light will remain illuminated if there is a malfunction with the Safety Restraint System (SRS) air bag operation.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-72
Convenient features of your vehicle
Parking Brake & Brake
If the brake fluid level in the reser- Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
Fluid Warning Light
voir is low:
short a distance with only a portion
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe of the brake system working.
location and stop your vehicle.
If the brakes fail while you are driv-
This warning light illuminates:
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The parking brake light illuminates for about 3 seconds and will then turn off once the parking brake is released.
2. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not
ing, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
3
· Whenever the parking brake is
operate properly, do not drive the Driving the vehicle with a warn-
applied.
vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected ing light ON is dangerous. If the
· Whenever the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it
- If the warning light illuminates Dual-diagonal braking system
indicates that the brake fluid
with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking system. This means you still have braking on two wheels
level is low.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
even if one of the dual systems HYUNDAI dealer.
should fail.
With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle.
3-73
Convenient features of your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
This warning light illuminates:
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The ABS warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns off.
· Whenever there is a malfunction with the ABS.
Note that the hydraulic braking system will still be operational even if there is a malfunction with the ABS.
These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving:
· When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking.
If this occurs, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking.
i Information - Electronic
Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
3-74
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electric Power Steering
Malfunction Indicator
NOTICE
(EPS) Warning Light
Lamp (MIL)
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalyt-
ic converter damage is possible
This warning light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
which could result in loss of
· When you set the ignition switch · When you set the ignition switch engine power.
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
or the Engine Start/Stop button to If this occurs, have the vehicle
the ON position.
inspected by an authorized
3
- The Electric Power Steering
- The malfunction indicator light HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-
Warning light illuminates for
illuminates for about 3 seconds ble.
about 3 seconds and then goes
and then goes off.
off.
· Whenever there is a malfunction with the EPS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
· Whenever there is a malfunction with either the emission control system or the engine or the vehicle powertrain.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light
EPB
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
This warning light illuminates:
HYUNDAI dealer.
· When you set the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to
NOTICE
the ON position.
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control system which could affect
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a malfunction with the EPB.
drivability and/or fuel economy.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-75
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability control (ESC) Indicator Light comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).
Charging System Warning Light
When this warning light illuminates while the engine is running, the battery is not being charged. Immediately turn OFF all electrical accessories. Try not to use electrically operated controls, such as the power windows. Keep the engine running. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When the engine oil pressure is
low.
If the engine oil pressure is low: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle. 2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details, refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil as required. If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
· If the engine does not stop immediately after the Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light is illuminated, severe damage could result.
· If the warning light stays on while the engine is running, it indicates that there may be serious engine damage or malfunction. In this case:
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the proper level.
3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine is started, turn the engine off immediately. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-76
Low Fuel Level Warning Light
Washer Fluid Warning Light
Master Warning Light
Convenient features of your vehicle
This warning light illuminates:
This warning light illuminates:
This warning light illuminates:
· When the fuel tank is nearly · When the washer fluid level in the · When there is a malfunction in
empty. Add fuel as soon as possible.
reservoir is nearly empty. If washer fluid warning light illumi-
operation in any of the following systems:
3
nates, refill the washer fluid reser- - LED headlamp malfunction
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below "E" can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter.
voir in the engine room when possible.
(if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go radar blocked (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped)
3-77
Convenient features of your vehicle
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When one or more of your tires
are significantly underinflated. (The location of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display.)
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals:
· When there is a malfunction with the TPMS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
· If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Warning Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The All Wheel Drive warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
· Whenever there is a malfunction with the AWD system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-78
Convenient features of your vehicle
Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) System Warning Light
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System Indicator Light
LED Headlight Warning Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
This warning light illuminates:
· When you set the ignition switch or · [Green] When the system operat- · When you set the ignition switch
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ing conditions are satisfied.
ON position.
· [White] The system operating con-
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
3
- It illuminates for approximately 3 ditions are not satisfied.
· When there is a malfunction with
seconds and then goes off.
· [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
the LED headlight.
· When there is a malfunction with tion with the lane keeping assist
If this occurs, have the vehicle
the FCA.
system.
inspected by an authorized
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspect-
If this occurs, have your vehicle
HYUNDAI dealer.
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
inspected by an authorized
For more details, refer to "Forward
HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light blinks:
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) For more details, refer to "Lane When there is a malfunction with a
system" in chapter 5.
Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in LED headlight related part.
chapter 5.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED Headlight Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlight life.
3-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped)
AUTO STOP Indicator Light
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light
This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy.
When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 40°F (4°C), the Icy Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time.
You can activate or deactivate Icy Road Warning function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
i Information
If the icy road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.
This indicator light illuminates: · When the engine enters the Idle
Stop mode of the ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.
This indicator light blinks: · When the automatic starting occurs,
the AUTO STOP indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds.
For more details, refer to the "ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system" in chapter 5.
i Information
When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system, some warning lights(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds. This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean the system has malfunctioned.
This indicator light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - The Electronic Stability Control
indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off. · Whenever there is a malfunction with the ESC system. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks: · While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.
3-80
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light
Immobilizer Indicator Light (without smart key)(if equipped)
Immobilizer Indicator Light (with smart key (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates for
· When you set the ignition switch · When the vehicle detects the up to 30 seconds:
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
immobilizer in the key with the · When the vehicle detects the
ignition switch in the ON position.
smart key in the vehicle with the
3
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
- At this time, you can start the engine.
Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position.
· When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF
- The indicator light goes off after starting the engine.
- Once the smart key is detected, you can start the engine.
button.
This indicator light blinks:
For more details, refer to · When there is a malfunction with
- The indicator light goes off after starting the engine.
"Electronic Stability Control
the immobilizer system.
(ESC)" in chapter 5.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspect- This indicator light blinks for a few ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. seconds:
· When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- If the smart key is not detected, you cannot start the engine.
3-81
Convenient features of your vehicle
This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off: · If the smart key is in the vehicle
and the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks: · When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Turn Signal Indicator Light
This indicator light blinks: · When you operate the turn signal
indicator stalk.
If any of the following occur, there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system. - The turn signal indicator light illumi-
nates but does not blink - The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly - The turn signal indicator light does
not illuminate at all If any of these conditions occur, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
High Beam Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position · When the turn signal lever is
pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Light ON Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
Front Fog Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: · When the front fog lights are on.
3-82
Convenient features of your vehicle
High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light (if equipped)
AUTO HOLD Indicator Light
AUTO HOLD
Cruise Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates :
This indicator light illuminates:
· When the cruise control system is
· When the high-beam is on with · [White] When you activate the Auto
enabled.
the light switch in the AUTO light position.
Hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD button.
For more details, refer to "Cruise Control System" in chapter 5.
3
· If your vehicle detects oncoming · [Green] When you stop the vehicle
or preceding vehicles, the High completely by depressing the
Beam Assist (HBA) system will brake pedal with the Auto Hold SPORT Mode Indicator
switch the high beam to low beam system activated.
Light (if equipped)
automatically.
· [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
For more details, refer to "High tion with the Auto Hold system.
Beam Assist (HBA) system" in this chapter.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light illuminates:
· When you select "SPORT" mode as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Auto For more details, refer to "Drive
Hold" in chapter 5.
Mode Integrated Control System"
in chapter 5.
3-83
Convenient features of your vehicle
SMART Mode Indicator
Light (if equipped)
60$57
This indicator light illuminates:
· When you select ''SMART" mode as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System'' in chapter 5.
3-84
All Wheel Drive LOCK Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The AWD LOCK indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When you select AWD Lock mode by pressing the AWD LOCK button.
- The AWD LOCK mode is to transfer a portion of the drive torque to the rear wheels for increased traction on wet pavement, snow covered roads or when driving off road.
CAUTION
AWD Lock Mode
Do not use the AWD lock mode on dry paved roads. Doing so can cause abnormal noise or vibration, and may damage the AWD system.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - The Downhill Brake Control
Indicator Light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off. · When you activate the system by pressing the DBC button.
This indicator light blinks: · When the DBC is operating.
This indicator light illuminates yellow: · When there is a malfunction with
the DBC system. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Downhill Brake Control (DBC) System" in chapter 5.
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD Display Messages
Low key battery
Key not detected
Shift to P or N to start engine (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not detected when you press the Engine Start/Stop button.
(Neutral) position.
Press brake pedal to start
Press START button again (for smart key system)
3
i Information
engine (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you
You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.
This warning message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal.
were unable to start the vehicle when the Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/
You can start the vehicle by depress- Stop button again.
Shift to P (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in P (Park) position.
ing the brake pedal and then pressing the Engine Start/Stop button.
Key not in vehicle (for smart key system)
If the warning message appears each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop button turns to the ACC position (If you press the Engine Start/Stop button once more, it will turn to the ON
This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the Engine Start/ Stop button.
position).
When attempting to start the vehicle,
always have the smart key with you.
3-85
Convenient features of your vehicle
Press START button with key (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if you press the Engine Start/Stop button while the warning message "Key not detected" is displayed.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices
This message is displayed if the battery voltage is weak due to any nonfactory electrical accessories (ex. dashboard camera) while parking. Be careful that the battery is not discharged.
If the warning message appears after removing the non-factory electrical accessories, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator
OTM048117
This warning is displayed if any door or the hood or the liftgate is left open. The warning will indicate which door is open in the display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/ hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.
3-86
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunroof open indicator (if equipped)
Window open indicator (if equipped)
Low Pressure
3
OTM048118
This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open.
Close the sunroof securely before leaving your vehicle.
OTM048166
This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when any window is open.
OTMA048123
This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
3-87
Convenient features of your vehicle
Lights Mode
Wiper
Front
Rear
Low washer fluid
This warning message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
OIK047145L
This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
OIK047146L/OTMA048119
This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control. You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Heated Steering Wheel turned off (if equipped) This message is displayed if you turn off the heated steering wheel.
For more details, refer to "Heated Steering Wheel" in this chapter.
Low fuel This warning message is displayed if the fuel tank is almost out of fuel. When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on. It is recommended to look for the nearest fueling station and refuel as soon as possible.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Engine overheated This warning message is displayed when the engine coolant temperature is above 248°F (120°C). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
3-88
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check headlight (if equipped)
Check High Beam Assist (HBA) Check Forward Collision
This warning message is displayed if system (if equipped)
Avoidance Assist system
the headlights are not operating This warning message is displayed if (if equipped)
properly. A headlight bulb may need there is a problem with the High Beam This warning message is displayed if
to be replaced.
Assist (HBA) system. Have the vehi- there is a problem with the Forward
cle inspected by an authorized Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
i Information
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA) system" in chapter 3.
system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
3
system" in chapter 5.
Check turn signal (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the turn signal lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced.
i Information
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
Check headlight LED (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the LED headlight. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the BlindSpot Collision Warning system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "BlindSpot Collision Warning (BCW)/ Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" or "Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning (RCCW)/ Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist (RCCA)" System in chapter 5.
3-89
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check Smart Cruise Control System (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Smart Cruise Control system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go" in chapter 5.
Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.
Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Driver Attention Warning (DAW). Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.
3-90
LCD DISPLAY LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
(1) : MODE button for changing
(2)
modes , : MOVE switch for
3
changing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
OTMA048414
3-91
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD Display Modes
Modes
Symbol
Trip Computer
Explanation
The Trip Computer mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc. For details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Turn By Turn (TBT) (if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Assist
The Driver Assist mode displays the status of the following features: - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system - Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system - Tire pressure - Traction force distribution status of front-wheels and rear-wheels For more information, refer to "Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go)", "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system", "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system", "Traction force distribution status of front-wheels and rear-wheels" in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
User Settings
The User Settings mode provides user options for a variety of settings including door lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.
Master Warning
The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-92
Convenient features of your vehicle
Trip computer mode
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
Assist mode
3
OIK047124N
The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy, tripmeter information and vehicle speed.
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
OIK047147N
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
OTM048124R
SCC/LKA/DAW
This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control (SCC), Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) and Driver Attention Warning (DAW).
For more details, refer to each system information in chapter 5.
3-93
Convenient features of your vehicle
Master warning mode
Type A
Type B
OTM048125L
Tire Pressure This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure. For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
3-94
OTM048127L
Driving force distribution (AWD) This mode displays information related to AWD driving force.
If the vehicle is in AWD lock state, this mode is not displayed.
For more details, refer to the "All Wheel Drive" in the chapter 5.
OIK047173L/OTMA048126
This warning light informs the driver
the following situations.
- LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go malfunction (if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go radar blocked (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
User settings mode
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
3
The Master Warning Light illumi-
nates if one or more of the above
warning situations occur. At this time,
the LCD Modes Icon will change
from ( ) to ( ).
If the warning situation is solved, the
OIK047148L
master warning light will be turned In this mode, you can change the
off and the LCD Modes Icon will be settings of the instrument cluster,
changed back to its previous icon doors, lamps, etc.
( ).
1. Head-up display
2. Driver Assistance
3. Door
4. Lights
5. Sound
6. Convenience
7. Service interval
8. Other
9. Language
10. Reset
3-95
Convenient features of your vehicle
Quick guide help This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings mode. Select an item, press and hold the OK button. For more details, about each system, refer to this Owner's Manual.
OOSEV048172L
Shift to P to edit settings This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving. For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and shifting to P (Park).
3-96
1. Head-Up Display
Items Enable Head-Up Display
Explanation To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.
Display Height
To adjust the height of the image displayed
Rotation
To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
Content Selection
To select the content to be displayed. - Turn by Turn - Traffic Information - Cruise control - Lane keeping assist - Blind-spot Collision Warning
Speed Size
To select the speedometer size displayed. - Large/Medium/Small
Speed Color
To select the speedometer color displayed. - White/Orange/Green
For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3
3-97
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Driver Assistance
Items SCC Reaction Driving assist Driver Attention Warning Warning Timing Warning Volume
Lane Safety
3-98
Explanation
· Fast / Normal / Slow To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system.
For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go'' in chapter 5.
· Leading vehicle departure alert To activate or deactivate the Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function.
For more details, refer to the "Leading vehicle departure alert" in chapter 5.
· High sensitivity / Normal sensitivity / Off To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning.
For more details, refer to the "DAW (Driver Attention Warning)" in chapter 5.
· Normal / Later To select when to provide a warning for all driver assistance.
· High / Medium / Low To adjust the warning sound volume of all driver assistance.
· Active LKA: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane.
· Standard LKA: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane.
· Lane Departure Warning: If selected, the system provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane.
· Off: Deactivates the LKA system. For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System" in chapter 5.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Items
Explanation
Forward Safety
· Active Assist: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when a collision is detected.
· Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected. · Off: Deactivates the system.
For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system" in chapter 5.
3
· Blind-Spot View To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot View.
For more details, refer to the "Blind-Spot View" in this chapter. · Safe Exit Assistance (SEA) To activate or deactivate the Safe Exit Assistance function.
For more details, refer to the "Safe Exit Assistance" in this chapter.
Blind-Spot Safety
· Rear Cross-Traffic Safety To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function.
For more details, refer to "Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System/Rear CrossTraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)" in chapter 5.
· Active Assist: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when a collision is detected.
· Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected.
· Off: Deactivates the system.
For more details, refer to the "Blind-Spot Collision Warning/Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist" in chapter 5.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-99
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. Door
Items
Auto Lock
Auto Unlock Two Press Unlock Horn Feedback
Explanation
· Disable: The auto door lock operation will be canceled. · Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3
mph (15 km/h). · Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
· Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. · On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the
key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key). · Vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set
to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key) · On shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted
to the P (Park) position.
· Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
· On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
To activate or deactivate the horn feedback. If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).
3-100
Items Power Liftgate
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the Power Liftgate system. For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.
· Fast / Normal
Power Liftgate Speed
To select the speed of the power liftgate opening and closing
For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.
3
Smart Liftgate
To activate or deactivate the Smart Liftgate system. For more details, refer to "Smart Liftgate" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
Convenient features of your vehicle
3-101
Convenient features of your vehicle
4. Lights
Items One Touch Turn Signal Headlight Delay
Explanation · Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. · 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5. Sound
Items
Welcome Sound
Explanation To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-102
Convenient features of your vehicle
6. Convenience
Items Seat Easy Access
Rear Seat Alert Welcome Light
Wireless Charging System Wiper/Lights Display Auto Rear Wiper (in R) Gear Position Pop-up Icy Road Warning
Explanation
· Off: The seat easy access function is deactivated.
· Normal / Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move
rearward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfort-
ably.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
3
To activate or deactivate the Rear Seat Alert. For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system" in this chapter.
· On driver approach: The welcome light turns on automatically when the vehicle is approached with the smart key.
For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat. For more details, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change the mode.
To activate or deactivate the rear wiper while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON.
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.
To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-103
Convenient features of your vehicle
7. Service interval
Items Service Interval
Explanation To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
i Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.
3-104
Convenient features of your vehicle
8. Other
Items
Fuel Economy Reset
Fuel Economy Unit
Temperature Unit
Tire Pressure Unit
9. Language
Items
Explanation
· Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
· After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically.
· After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6
liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
3
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
· US gallon / UK gallon To select the fuel economy unit.
· °C / °F To select the temperature unit.
· psi / kPa / bar To select the tire pressure unit.
Explanation
Language
To select language.
10. Reset
Items
Explanation
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-105
Convenient features of your vehicle
TRIP COMPUTER
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.
i Information
Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected.
Trip modes
Fuel Economy · Average Fuel Economy · Instant Fuel Economy
Accumulated Info · Tripmeter · Fuel Economy · Timer
Drive Info
· Tripmeter · Fuel Economy · Timer
Digital Speedometer Smart Shift
3-106
OTMA048414
To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Average fuel economy/ Instant fuel economy
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the OK button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
· The instantaneous fuel economy is displayed according to the bar graph in the LCD display while driving.
Automatic reset
3
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between "After
Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the
User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
OIK047124N
Average Fuel Economy (1)
· The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset.
· The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically.
- After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically.
- After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
3-107
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accumulated Info display
The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
Drive Info display
OIK047174N
This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is accumulated starting from the last reset.
To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
OIK047176N
This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
3-108
Convenient features of your vehicle
The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
Digital speedometer
Smart shift
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the
3
last ignition key cycle before the average
fuel economy will be recalculated.
OIK047151N
This digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle.
OIK047179N
This mode displays the currently selected drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System'' in chapter 5.
3-109
Convenient features of your vehicle
HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Precautions while using the head up display
It may sometimes be difficult to read information on the head up display in the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned in the driver's seat.
- The driver wears polarizing-filter sunglasses.
OTMA048044
The Head-Up Display is an optional feature that allows the driver to view information projected onto a transparent screen while still keeping your eyes safely on the road ahead while driving.
- An object is located above the head up display cover.
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
- Any improper lighting accessory is installed inside the vehicle, or there is incoming light from outside of the vehicle.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the head up display information, adjust the head up display angle or the head up display brightness level in the User Settings mode. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
WARNING
· Do not tint the front windshield glass or add other types of metallic coating. Otherwise, the head up display image may be invisible.
· Do not place any accessories on the crash pad or attach any objects on the windshield glass.
· The Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system warnings on the head up display are supplemental. Do not solely depend on them to change lanes. Always take a look around before changing lanes.
NOTICE
When replacing the front windshield glass of the vehicle equipped with the head up display, replace it with a windshield glass designed for the head up display operation. Otherwise, duplicated images may be displayed on the windshield glass.
3-110
Convenient features of your vehicle
Head-up display ON/OFF
Head-up display information
i Information
If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information as HUD contents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information will not be displayed in the instrument cluster LCD display.
3
Head-up display setting
On the LCD display, you can change the head up display settings as follows.
OIK047152N
To activate the head up display, select `Head-UP Display' on the User Settings mode on the instrument cluster LCD display.
If you do not select `Head-Up Display', the head up display will be deactivated.
OTMA048418
1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information
2. Speed limit signs 3. Speedometer 4. Cruise setting speed 5. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) infor-
mation (if equipped) 6. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-
tem information (if equipped)
· Enable Head-up display · Display Height · Rotation · Brightness · Content Selection · Speed Size · Speed Color
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
7. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system information (if equipped)
8. Warning lights (Low fuel, etc.)
9. Audio/Video information
3-111
Convenient features of your vehicle
LIGHTING Exterior Lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:
Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when : · The headlamps are ON. · The parking lamps are ON. · The vehicle is turned off. · The parking brake is engaged.
Type A Type B
OTMA048477
OOS047404N
1. OFF position 2. AUTO headlamp position 3. Parking lamp position 4. Headlamp position
3-112
OTMA048479
AUTO headlamp position (if equipped)
The parking lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of daylight as measured by the ambient light sensor (1) on the center dash (Type A) or the upper end of the windshield glass (Type B).
Even with the AUTO headlamp feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlamps when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.
3
NOTICE
Convenient features of your vehicle
· Type A
- Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel.
- Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
- If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the AUTO headlamp system may not work properly.
· Type B
- Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
OOS047405N
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
OOS047406N
Headlamp position ( ) The headlamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp.
3-113
Convenient features of your vehicle High beam operation
High Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped)
OOS047407N
To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on. To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.
OOS047408N
To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.
OOS047409N
The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) according to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions.
Operating condition 1. Place the headlamp switch in the
AUTO position. 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you. The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( ) indicator will illuminate.
3-114
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) will When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is
turn on when vehicle speed is operating, the high beam switches to
above 25 mph (40 km/h).
low beam if any of the following con-
· If the headlamp switch is pushed ditions occur :
away when the High Beam Assist - When the headlamp of an on-
(HBA) is operating, the High coming vehicle is detected.
Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off - When the tail lamp of a vehicle in
and the high beam will be on con-
front is detected.
3
tinuously.
- When the headlamp or tail lamp of
· If the headlamp switch is pulled
a motorcycle or a bicycle is detect-
towards you when the high beam
ed.
is off, the high beam will turn on without the High Beam Assist (HBA) canceled. When you let go of the light switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.
- When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are detected.
OIK047132N
Warning light and message
When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is not working properly, the Check High Beam Assist warning message will come on for a few second. After the
· If the headlamp switch is pulled - When the headlamp switch is not message disappears, the master
towards you when the high beam
in the AUTO position.
warning light ( ) will illuminate.
is on by the High Beam Assist - When the High Beam Assist Take your vehicle to an authorized
(HBA), the low beam will be on
(HBA) is off.
HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-
and the High Beam Assist (HBA) - When vehicle speed is below 15 tem checked.
will turn off.
mph (24 km/h).
· If the headlamp switch is placed
to the headlamp ON position, the
High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn
off and the low beam will be on
continuously.
3-115
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
The system may not operate normally if any of the following conditions should occur:
1) When the illumination from an on-coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is dim. Such examples may include:
· When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or the tail lamps of a vehicle in front is covered with dust, snow, or water.
· When the headlamps on an oncoming vehicle are OFF, but the fog lamps are ON.
2) When the High Beam Assist camera is adversely affected by an external condition. Such examples may include:
· When the vehicle's headlamps have been damaged or not repaired properly.
· When the vehicle headlamps are not aimed properly.
· When the vehicle is driven on a narrow curved road or rough road.
· When the vehicle is driven on an uphill road or downhill road.
· When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road.
· When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror.
· When the road conditions are bad such as being wet or covered with snow.
· When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve.
· When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed.
· When the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning light illuminates.
· When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
· When the front window is covered with foreign matters such as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.
3) When the forward visibility is poor. Such examples may include:
· When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or a vehicle in front is not detected due to poor outside visibility (smog, smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain, snow, etc.).
· When the windshield visibility is poor.
3-116
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Do not attempt to disassemble the front view camera without the assistance of an authorized HYUNDAI dealer technician. If camera is removed for any reason, the system may need to be re-calibrated. Have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the windshield of your vehicle is replaced, most likely the front view camera will need to be re-calibrated. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected and have the system re-calibrated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Be careful that water doesn't get into the High Beam Assist (HBA) unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist (HBA) system.
· Do not place objects on the crash pad that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunction if sunlight is reflected.
Turn signals and lane change signals
· At times, the High Beam
Assist (HBA) may not work properly. The system is for
3
your convenience only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
for safe driving practices and
always check the road condi-
tions for your safety.
· When the system does not operate normally, change the headlamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.
OOS047410N
To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.
3-117
Convenient features of your vehicle
One-touch turn signal function
To activate the One Touch Turn Signal function, push the turn signal lever up or down to position (B) and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings mode in the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.
Front fog lamp (if equipped)
OLF044092
Fog lamps are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. Use the switch next to the headlamp switch to turn the fog lamps ON and OFF. 1. Turn on the parking lamp. 2. Turn the headlamp switch (1) to
the front fog lamp position. 3. To turn off the front fog lamp, turn
the headlamp switch to the front fog lamp position again or turn off the parking lamp.
NOTICE
When in operation, the fog lamps consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lamps when visibility is poor.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the parking lamp when the driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and ON again using the headlamp switch on the steering column.
3-118
Convenient features of your vehicle
Headlamp delay function
NOTICE
Headlamp leveling device
If the key is removed from the ignition switch or placed in the ACC position or the LOCK/OFF position with the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights are turned off after 15
If the driver exits the vehicle through another door besides the driver door, the battery saver function does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn OFF automatically.
This may cause the battery to dis-
(if equipped)
It automatically adjusts the headlamp beam level according to the number of passengers and loading weight in the luggage area. It also adjusts to the appropriate headlamp beam level for various situations.
3
seconds. Also, with the engine off if charge. To avoid battery disthe driver's door is opened and charge, turn OFF the headlamps
WARNING
closed, the headlamps (and/or park- manually from the headlamp ing lamps) are turned off after 15 switch before exiting the vehicle. seconds.
If the function does not work properly, have the system inspected by an authorized
The headlamps (and/or parking
HYUNDAI dealer. Do not attempt
lamps) can be turned off by pressing
to inspect or replace the wiring
the lock button on the remote key or
yourself.
smart key twice or turning the head-
lamp switch to the OFF or AUTO
position.
You can activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings mode in the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.
3-119
Convenient features of your vehicle
Interior Lights
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident.
Front lamps
Type A
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will discharge.
Type B
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the engine is turned off and the doors are closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the engine is turned off. If the doors are locked by the remote key or smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.
3-120
Front Map Lamp (1) :
Press either lenses (Type A) or
switches (
, Type B) to turn
the map lamp on or off. This light pro-
duces a spot beam for convenient
use as a map lamp at night or as a
personal lamp for the driver and the
front passenger.
OTM048074N OTM048075N
Front Door Lamp (2) (
) :
The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened if the engine is running or not. When doors are unlocked by the remote key or smart key, the front and rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds when the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.
Front Room Lamp (3) ( ) :
Press the button to turn the front and rear room lamps on or off.
Rear lamp
Type A
Luggage compartment lamp
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Type B
OTM048076
OTMA048079
· ON : The luggage compartment lamp stays on at all times.
· DOOR :The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the liftgate is opened.
· OFF : The luggage compartment lamp is off.
OTM048409
Rear Room Lamp ( ): Press this switch to turn the rear room lamp on and off.
3-121
Convenient features of your vehicle
Vanity mirror lamp
OOS047055
Push the switch to turn the light on or off. · : The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed. · : The lamp will turn off if this
button is pressed. NOTICE Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.
Puddle lamp (if equipped)
OTMA048080
Welcome light When all doors (and liftgate) are closed and locked, the puddle lamp will come on for 15 seconds if the door is unlocked by the remote key or smart key or outside door handle button. For more details, refer to "Welcome System" in this chapter.
Escort light
When the vehicle is turned OFF and the driver's door is opened, the puddle lamp will come on for 30 seconds. If the driver's door is closed within the 30 seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If the driver's door is closed and locked, the puddle lamp will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will turn on only the first time the driver's door is opened after the engine is turned off.
3-122
Convenient features of your vehicle
Welcome System (if equipped) · If 'Convenience Welcome Light Interior lamp
Welcome light
On driver approach' is selected When the interior lamp switch is in in the User Settings mode in the the DOOR position and all doors (and
cluster LCD display, the lamps will liftgate) are closed and locked, the
turn on when the vehicle is room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
approached with the smart key in onds if any of the below is performed.
possession.
· When the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or
3
Headlamp and parking lamp
smart key.
OTMA048072
Puddle lamp (if equipped) and door handle lamp (if equipped)
When the headlamp (lamp switch in the headlamp or AUTO position) is on and all doors (and liftgate) are locked and closed, the parking lamp and headlamp will come on for 15 seconds when the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key.
· When the button of the outside door handle is pressed with the smart key in possession.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button on the smart key the room lamp will turn off immediately.
When all the doors (and liftgate) are At this time, if you press the door lock closed and locked, the puddle lamp or unlock button, the parking lamp and and door handle lamp will come on headlamp will turn off immediately.
for about 15 seconds if any of the
below is performed.
· When the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key.
· When the button of the outside door handle is pressed with the smart key in possession.
3-123
Convenient features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Front windshield wiper/washer
Rear window wiper/washer
OPD047454L
OTLA045318
A : Wiper speed control · MIST Single wipe · OFF Off · INT Intermittent wipe AUTO* Auto control wipe · LO Low wiper speed · HI High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (pull lever towards you)
D : Rear wiper/washer control · HI High wiper speed · LO Low wiper speed · OFF Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) (push lever away from you)
* : if equipped
3-124
Front Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. To vary the speed setting, move the speed control lever. The top most setting will run the wipers most frequently (for more rain). The bottom setting will run the wipers the least frequently (for less rain).
AUTO : The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B).
Convenient features of your vehicle
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed. AUTO (Automatic) control HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed. (if equipped)
WARNING
i Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.
The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval.
The wiper operation time will be automatically controlled depends on rainfall.
To avoid personal injury from the windshield wipers, when the engine is running and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode:
· Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor.
3
If you do not remove the snow and/or When the rain stops, the wiper stops. · Do not wipe the upper end of
ice before using the wiper and washer, To vary the sensitivity setting, turn
the windshield glass with a
it may damage the wiper and washer the sensitivity control knob (1).
damp or wet cloth.
system.
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO · Do not put pressure on the
mode when the ignition switch is in
windshield glass.
the ON position, the wiper will oper-
ate once to perform a self-check of
the system. Set the wiper to OFF
position when the wiper is not in use.
3-125
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle.
· Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
· Because of using a photo sensor, temporary malfunction could occur according to sudden ambient light change made by stone and dust while driving.
Front Windshield Washers
OTLE045164
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.
WARNING
When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.
3-126
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
· To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.
· To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
3
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
· To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
· To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.
OTLE045165
The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI High wiper speed
LO Low wiper speed
OFF Off
OTLE045166
Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.
Auto rear wiper The rear wiper will operate while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON by selecting the function on the LCD display.
Go to 'User Settings Convenience Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.
3-127
Convenient features of your vehicle
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM Rear view monitor (if equipped)
OTMA049049
The Rear view monitor will activate when the engine is running and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
This is a supplemental system that helps provide a view of the area behind the vehicle through the audio or AVN screen while the vehicle is in the R (Reverse) position.
WARNING
The Rear view monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle.
WARNING
· Never rely solely on the Rear view monitor when backingup.
· ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt, water or snow.
OTMA048050
3-128
Convenient features of your vehicle
Surround View Monitoring
Push the button (1, indicator ON) to · When the vehicle is backing up, the
(if equipped)
operate the system. To cancel the system will turn ON regardless of
Type A
system, push the button again (1, indicator OFF).
vehicle speed or button status. However, if vehicle speed is over 10
mph (15 km/h) when driving for-
The system is activated when:
ward, the SVM system will turn off.
· The engine is ON
· A warning appears on the system
when:
3
· The shift lever is in D (Drive), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse)
- The liftgate is opened
· Vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15
- The driver's door is opened
km/h)
- The passenger's door is opened
- The outer side view mirror is fold-
Type B
OTM048052
The system is deactivated when:
· You press the button (1) again
· Vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h)
ed
· If the system is not operating normally, the system should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to the sep-
i Information
arately supplied manual with your vehicle.
· When vehicle speed is over 10 mph
(15 km/h), the system will turn off.
The system will not automatically
turn on again, even though vehicle
speed gets below 10 mph (15 km/h).
OTM048051
The Surround View Monitoring sys-
Push the button (1, indicator ON) again, to turn on the system.
tem can assist in parking by allowing
the driver to see around the vehicle.
3-129
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Driving rear view monitor (if equipped)
You may check the rear view through the screen while driving.
(1) Front camera (2) Left/Right cam-
era (3) Rear camera
ODH047435
Surround View Monitor system only serves to assist the driver in parking. ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle.
NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.
The system is activated when:
· The engine is ON
· The vehicle's speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h) and you press the SVM button (1, indicator ON)
· The vehicle's speed is under 10 mph (15 km/h) and you press the (2) on the screen
OTM048052
The system is deactivated when:
· You press the SVM button (1, indicator OFF) again
· Other SVM system modes are selected from the screen
· You press the audio or AVN system button (3)
OTM048053L
3-130
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
· If vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h)
· When the vehicle is backing up, the rear image will appear on the screen automatically regardless of vehicle speed or SVM button (1)
Blind-spot View Monitor system (if equipped)
Driver-side
- the rear image stays ON when the status.
rear view was on the screen
- If the rear image was ON, the
- screen (top, front wide, front right
screen switches to the parking
and front left) of other modes of
assist screen.
3
SVM system turns OFF and switches to the original AVN screen when other modes were on the screen
- If the screen (top, front wide, front right and front left) of other modes of SVM system was ON, the screen for setting the initial rear
· If the SVM system is ON and the
view mode appears.
vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15 km/h)
- the rear image stays ON when the
- When the shift lever is moved from R (Reverse) to D (Drive), the screen of the previous mode is dis-
Passenger-side
OTMA049502
rear view was on the screen
played.
- a pop-up for selecting the SVM
mode (top, front wide, front right
and front left) appears when
pressing
(2) on the screen
· A warning appears on the system when:
- The liftgate is opened
- The driver's door is opened
- The passenger's door is opened
- The outer side view mirror is folded
· If the system is not operating normally, the system should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OTMA049503
For more details, refer to the separately supplied manual with your vehicle.
3-131
Convenient features of your vehicle
BVM (Blind-spot View Monitor) system displays the driver-side or passenger-side rear areas in the cluster when the system is activated.
To turn on BVM system: Under condition BVM system is enabled in the settings
1. The ignition switch is turned to the ON position.
2. The turn signal is activated
System setting
With the engine ON, the Blind-spot View Monitor system turns on and gets ready to be activated when the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Blind-spot safety Blind-spot view' is selected on the cluster. The system stops operation when the setting is deactivated.
To turn off BVM system
1. The ignition switch is turned to the OFF position.
2. The turn signal is deactivated
3. The hazard warning flasher is on
4. A warning screen pops up and takes priority over the Blind-Spot View Monitor system.
CAUTION
· Like all assistance systems, BVM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the system may result in a collision.
· Always look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Objects are closer than they appear. Failure to visually confirm that is safe to change the lane before doing so may result in crash and serious injury or death.
· Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.
3-132
Convenient features of your vehicle
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system (if equipped)
WARNING
Operation of the Reverse Parking Distance Warning
· ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are not
system Operating condition
any objects or obstacles before · This system will activate when
moving the vehicle in any direc-
backing up with the ignition switch
tion to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestri-
in the ON position. However, if the vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph (5
3
km/h), the system may not detect
objects.
ans, and especially children.
· If the vehicle speed exceeds 6
OTMA049045
· Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the
mph (10 km/h), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected.
[A] : Sensor
sensors, due to the objects · When more than two objects are
The optional Reverse Parking Distance Warning system assists the driver during reverse movement of
distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
the vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within approximately 50 in
(120 cm) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed.
3-133
Convenient features of your vehicle
Types of warning sound and indicator
Types of warning sound Indicator
When an object is 24 to 47 in (60 to 120 cm) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps intermittently.
When an object is 12 to 24 in (30 to 60 cm) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps more frequently.
When an object is within 12 in (30 cm) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps continuously.
NOTICE
· The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors status. If the indicator blinks, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with the Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
To Turn OFF the Reverse Parking Distance Warning system
OTM048047L
Push the button to turn OFF the Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. The indicator light on the button will turn on.
3-134
Convenient features of your vehicle
Conditions Where the Reverse The Reverse Parking Distance
Detecting range may decrease when:
Parking Distance Warning sys- Warning system may experience a · Outside air temperature is
tem May Not Operate
malfunction when the following
extremely hot or cold.
The Reverse Parking Distance
occurs:
· Undetectable objects smaller than
Warning system may not operate
· Driving on uneven road surfaces
40 inches (1 m) and narrower than
normally when any of the following
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
occur:
bumps, or gradient.
· The sensor is covered with dirt or debris such as snow or ice, or the sensor cover is blocked.
· Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:
3
brakes can interfere with the sen- · Sharp or slim objects such as
sor.
ropes, chains or small poles.
· Heavy rain or water spray is present.
· Wireless transmitters or mobile
· Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
phones are present near the sen-
sor.
· The sensor is covered with snow.
· Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.
3-135
Convenient features of your vehicle
Reverse Parking Distance Warning system Precautions
· The Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may not operate consistently in some circumstances depending on the speed of the vehicle and the shapes of the objects detected.
· The Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.
· The sensor may not recognize objects less than 12 in. (30 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution.
· When the sensor is blocked with snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the rear parking assist system may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts, or the debris is removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe debris away from the sensor.
· Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
· Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Doing so may cause the sensors to fail to operate normally.
WARNING
Extreme caution should always be taken to avoid accidents or vehicle injuries. Do not solely rely on the Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. Always drive safely and cautiously, especially when backing up in reverse.
3-136
Convenient features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
3
1. Fan speed control knob 2. Temperature control knob 3. Mode selection button 4. Front windshield defroster position 5. Rear window defroster button 6. A/C (Air conditioning) button 7. Air intake control (recirculation) button
OTM048300
3-137
Convenient features of your vehicle
Heating and Air Conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh mode or Recirculation mode position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
Mode selection
3-138
OTM048303
OTMA048330
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small
outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window
air discharged from the outlet.
defrosters.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
OTM048304
MAX A/C-Level (B, D)
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster. Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face.
In this mode, the A/C button and the Recirculation mode button cannot be selected. Turn the fan speed mode to adjust.
After the interior cabin has cooled sufficiently, move the temperature knob away from the MAX A/C setting and adjust the knob to the desired position.
If you wish to continue using A/C ON, make sure the A/C button LED is illuminated.
3-139
Convenient features of your vehicle
Instrument panel vents
Front
The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the vent control lever. If you move the vent control lever to the left end, the outlet vents can be closed.
Temperature control
Rear
OTM048307
OTM048308
The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever.
3-140
OTMA048304
The temperature will increase by turning the knob to the right.
The temperature will decrease by turning the knob to the left.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air intake control
The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
i Information
Operating the system primarily in Fresh mode is recommended. Use Recirculation mode temporarily only
WARNING
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in
when needed.
Recirculation mode for a pro-
Recirculation mode
Prolonged operation of the heater in
longed period of time may
When Recirculation Recirculation mode and without the mode is selected, air A/C ON can cause fogging of the
cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This
3
from the passenger windshield.
may lead to loss of vehicle
compartment will be In addition, prolonged use of the A/C recirculated through the ON in Recirculation mode may result system and heated or in excessively dry, dehumidified air in
control which may lead to an accident.
· Continued use of the climate
cooled according to the the cabin and may promote formation
control system operation in
function selected.
of musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
Recirculation mode with the
A/C OFF may allow humidity
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
to increase inside the cabin. This may cause condensation to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
· Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain parked in your vehicle with the windows up and either the heater or the air
conditioning ON for pro-
longed periods of time. Doing
so may increase the levels of
carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious
injury or death.
3-141
Convenient features of your vehicle
Fan speed control
Air conditioning
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation 1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
OTM048310
Turn the knob to the right to increase the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob to the left to decrease fan speed and airflow. Setting the fan speed control knob to the "0" position turns off the fan.
NOTICE
Operating the fan speed when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan speed when the engine is running.
OTM048311
Push the A/C button to turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or press
the Front Defrost mode.
3-142
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operation Tips
Air conditioning
NOTICE
· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to recirculation mode. Return the control to fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has diminished. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Select the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation when climbing a steep grade or in high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
3
control to the desired temperature.
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting.
3-143
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation tips
· If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from recirculation mode to fresh mode.
· To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.
· Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.
· If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference
between the temperature of the
outside air and that of the wind-
shield could cause the outer sur-
face of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection knob
or button to the
position and
fan speed control to the lower
speed.
3-144
System Maintenance Cabin air filter
OIK047401L [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads and/or if transporting pets or occupants smoke inside the vehicle, then more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.
WARNING
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
Example
Because the refrigerant
is mildly inflammable at
very high pressure, the
air conditioning system
should only be serviced by trained and cer-
3
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
tified technicians. It is
found, have the system inspected by
important that the cor-
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
rect type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.
may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury.
The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ODH043366
The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Each symbols and specification on
air conditioning refrigerant label
means as below :
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of the air conditioning refrigerant label.
3-145
Convenient features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
3-146
1. Driver's temperature control knob 2. Passenger's temperature control knob 3. AUTO (automatic control) button 4. SYNC button 5. OFF button 6. A/C (Air conditioning) button 7. Front windshield defroster button 8. Fan speed control button 9. Mode selection button 10. Rear window defroster button 11. Air intake control button 12. Climate control information screen
OTM048313N
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic Temperature Control Mode
The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature.
Driver side
Passenger side
3
OTM048316
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature setting you select.
OTM048317
2. Turn the temperature control knob to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continuously. After the interior has cooled sufficiently, adjust the knob to a higher temperature set point whenever possible.
3-147
Convenient features of your vehicle
To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following: - Mode selection button - Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.) - Fan speed control button The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically. For your convenience and to improve the efficiency of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72°F (22°C).
3-148
Type A
Type B
OTMA048315
OTMA048478
NOTICE
Never place anything near the ambient light/solar sensor to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
Manual Temperature Control Mode
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh mode.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button to convert to full automatic control of the system.
Mode selection
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OTM048318
OTMA048330
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
3-149
Convenient features of your vehicle
The air flow outlet direction is cycled as follows:
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E, F)
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.
Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
OTM048329
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
3-150
Instrument panel vents
Front
The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the vent control lever. If you move the vent control lever to the left end, the outlet vents can be closed.
Temperature control
Driver side
Passenger side
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear
OTM048307
OTM048308
The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever.
OTM048317
Turn the knob to the right to increase the temperature. Turn the knob to the left to decrease temperature. The temperature will increase or decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incremental location. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
3-151
Convenient features of your vehicle
OTM048319
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally
· Press the "SYNC" button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature equally.
The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature.
· Turn the driver side temperature control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally.
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually Press the "SYNC" button again to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually. The button indicator will turn off.
Temperature conversion If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit. To change the temperature unit from °F to °C or °C to °F: - On the instrument cluster, go to
User Settings Other Temperature Unit. - Press the AUTO button while pressing the OFF button on the climate control unit for 3 seconds.
The temperature unit on both the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
Air intake control The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
Fresh mode When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
3-152
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
WARNING
Fan speed control
Operating the system primarily in
Fresh mode is recommended. Use · Continued use of the climate
Recirculation mode temporarily only
control system operation in
when needed.
Recirculation mode for a pro-
Prolonged operation of the heater in
longed period of time may
Recirculation mode and without the A/C ON can cause fogging of the wind-
cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This
3
shield.
may lead to loss of vehicle
control which may lead to an
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C
accident.
ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the
· Continued use of the climate
cabin and may promote formation of
control system operation in
OTM048320
musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
Recirculation mode with the The fan speed can be set as desired
A/C OFF may allow humidity by pushing the fan speed control but-
to increase inside the cabin. ton.
This may cause condensation to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
More air is delivered with higher fan speeds.
· Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain parked in your vehicle
Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
with the windows up and either the heater or the air
i Information
conditioning ON for prolonged periods of time. Doing so may increase the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin which may lead to serious
For better sound quality, fan speed may automatically slow down for a couple of minutes when you activate voice recognition or hands free.
injury or death.
3-153
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Operating the fan when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan when the engine is running.
Air conditioning
OFF mode
OTM048321
Push the A/C button to manually turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.
OTM048320
Push the OFF button to turn the climate control system off. You can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position.
3-154
Convenient features of your vehicle
System Operation
Operation Tips
Air conditioning
Cooling / Ventilation
· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition-
1. Select the Face Level mode.
from entering the car through the ing system is filled with R-1234yf ventilation system, temporarily set refrigerant.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
the air intake control to the recir- 1. Start the engine.
culation mode. Return the control to the to fresh mode when the
2. Press the air conditioning button.
desired position.
unpleasant air outside has dimin- 3. Select the Face Level
mode. 3
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
ished. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To help prevent the inside of the
4. Set the air intake control to Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly.
Heating
windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and
When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the
1. Select the Floor Level mode.
the fan speed to the desired posi-
air intake control back to Fresh
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
tion, turn on the air conditioning
mode.
mode.
system, and adjust the tempera- 5. Adjust the fan speed control and
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
ture control to the desired temperature.
temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON with the temperature control
When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting.
knob set to heat in order to dehu-
midify the air before it enters into
the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or press
the Front Defrost mode.
3-155
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation when climbing a steep grade or in high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating. Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
Air conditioning system operation tips
· If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from recirculation mode to fresh mode.
· To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.
· Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.
· If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference
between the temperature of the
outside air and that of the wind-
shield could cause the outer sur-
face of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection knob
or button to the
position and
fan speed control to the lower
speed.
System Maintenance Cabin air filter
OIK047401L [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.
3-156
Convenient features of your vehicle
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads and/or if transporting pets or occupants smoke inside the
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
Example
vehicle, then more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required.
WARNING
3
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.
Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury.
ODH043366
The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Each symbols and specification on air conditioning refrigerant label means as below :
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of the air conditioning refrigerant label.
3-157
Convenient features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the or posi-
tion during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temper-
ature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the wind-
shield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility could cause an acci-
dent resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the
position and fan
speed control knob or button to
a lower speed.
· For maximum defrost performance, set the temperature control knob to the highest temperature setting (rotated all the way to the right) and the fan speed control to the highest setting.
· If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.
· Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side windows.
· Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield.
NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still cold after starting, then a brief engine warm up period may be required for the vented air flow to become warm or hot.
Manual Climate Control System
OTMA048324
To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except "0"
position. 2. Select the desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-
matically. Additionally, the air conditioning will automatically operate if the mode is selected to the position. Check to make sure the A/C is ON. If the A/C ON LED is not illuminated, press the A/C button once to turn the air conditioner ON.
3-158
Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF).
Automatic Temperature Control System (if equipped)
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OTMA048326
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest setting (knob rotated all the way to the right).
2. Set the temperature control to the highest temperature setting.
3. Select the position.
4. Fresh mode (Recirculation OFF) and A/C ON will automatically be selected.
OTMA048327
To defog inside windshield
1. Select the desired fan speed.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. Fresh mode will be selected automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF).
If the position is selected, the fan speed is automatically increased.
OTMA048328
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
3-159
Convenient features of your vehicle
Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or positions. To cancel or reset the defogging logic, do the following.
Manual climate control system 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. 2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Press the air intake control button
at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The LED indicator on the air intake button will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled. Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
Automatic climate control system 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The Automatic Climate Control information screen will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with Automatic Temperature Control System) (if equipped)
OTMA048325
Auto defogging helps reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture on inside the windshield. The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on.
i Information
The auto defogging system may not operate normally, when the outside temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
3-160
Convenient features of your vehicle
When the Auto Defogging To cancel or reset the System operates, the indi- Auto Defogging System
i Information
cator will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is detected in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System will be enabled. The following steps will be performed automatically: Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON. Step 2) The air intake control will
change to Fresh mode.
Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the Auto Defogging System is canceled, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times and ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen.
When the Auto Defogging System is reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times without a signal.
· When the air conditioning is turned on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off.
· To maintain the effectiveness and efficiency of the Auto Defogging System, do not select Recirculation mode while the system is operating.
· When the Auto Defogging System is
3
Step 3) The mode will be changed to
operating, the fan speed adjust-
defrost to direct airflow to the
ment button, the temperature
windshield.
adjustment knob, and the air
Step 4) The fan speed will be set to MAX.
intake control button are all disabled.
If the air conditioning is off or recirculated air position is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is ON, the Auto Defogging System Indicator will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been canceled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
3-161
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear Window Defroster
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the rear window defroster conducting elements bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to the "Windshield Defrosting and Defogging" section in this chapter.
Manual climate control system
Automatic climate control system
OTMA048332
The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while the engine is running. · To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center control panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON. · To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.
i Information
· If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
· The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF position.
Side view mirror defroster If your vehicle is equipped with the side view mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.
OTMA048331
3-162
Convenient features of your vehicle
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Cluster ionizer (if equipped)
To set up the air recirculation
Automatic Ventilation
When the ignition switch is in the ON 1. Start the engine.
(if equipped)
position, the clean air function turns 2. Set the air flow outlet direction to When the ignition switch is in the ON
on automatically.
the Floor Level
Mode by position or when the engine is run-
Also, the clean air function turns off
pressing the mode selection but- ning and temperature is below 59°F
automatically, when the ignition
ton.
(15°C) with the recirculation mode
switch is in the OFF position.
3. While pressing the air condition- selected more than three to five mining button, push the recirculation utes, the air intake position will auto-
3
Air recirculation of passenger compartment while spraying
mode button over 4 times within 2 matically change to fresh mode. seconds.
the washer fluid
4. If the function is set, the recircula- To cancel or reset the Automatic
tion button indicator will blink 6 Ventilation
While spraying the washer fluid on the windshield, the air recirculation mode and the air conditioning system are automatically operated according to the outside temperature in order to prevent the outside air intake. If you control the recirculation mode manually during operation, it will be controlled but will change
times.
To release the air recirculation
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the air flow outlet direction to
the Floor Level
Mode by
pressing the mode selection but-
ton.
When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and press the recirculation mode button five times within three seconds while pressing A/C button.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is enabled, the recirculation button LED indicator will blink 6 times.
back after a while. (It may not work under certain circumstances: in case of the cold weather or the ignition switch is in the OFF position.)
3. While pressing the air conditioning button, push the recirculation mode button indicator over 4 times within 2 seconds.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is disabled, the recirculation button LED indicator will blink 3 times.
4. If the function is released, the recirculation button indicator will blink 3 times.
3-163
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation (if equipped)
When the sunroof is opened, outside (fresh) air will be automatically selected. At this time, if you press the air intake control button, recirculated air position will be selected but will change back to outside (fresh) air after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the original position that was selected.
Auto comfort control (for driver's seat) (if equipped)
The temperature of the driver's seat warmer, seat cooler and heated steering wheel is automatically controlled depending on the ambient temperature and the set climate control temperature of the vehicle when the engine is running.
To use this function, it must be activated from the Settings menu in the AV/AVN system screen. Select:
- All menus Setup Vehicle Heated/Ventilated Features
For more details on Auto Comfort Control, refer to "Seat Warmers and Air ventilation seats" in chapter 2, and "Heated Steering Wheel" in chapter 3.
3-164
Convenient features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT WARNING
Center Console Storage
Glove Box
Never store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
3
peratures for extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.
OTMA048081
To open : Grab and hold the latch (1) on the arm rest then lift the lid.
To open: Pull the lever (1).
OTMA048082
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after use.
An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.
3-165
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunglass Holder
OTM048083
To open: Push and release the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out. To close: Push back into position. Make sure the sunglass holder is closed while driving.
WARNING
· Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.
· Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder.
· Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder.
Tray
OTM048422
WARNING
Do not place the heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the tray. Such objects can be thrown from the tray in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.
3-166
Luggage Tray (if equipped)
Type A
· Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it.
Type B
OTMA048085
OTMA048410
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in the box for easy access.
3
3-167
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES Ashtray (if equipped)
Cup Holder Front
Rear
OPDE046419
To use the ashtray, open the cover.
To clean the ashtray: The plastic receptacle should be removed by lifting the plastic ashtray receptacle upward after turning the cover counterclockwise and pulling it out.
WARNING
Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a fire.
OTM048086
Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders.
OTM048088
Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders.
WARNING
· Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
3-168
Convenient features of your vehicle
· Do not place uncovered or
NOTICE
Sunvisor
unsecured cups, bottles, · Keep your drinks sealed while
cans, etc., in the cup holder
driving to prevent spilling your
containing hot liquid while the
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
vehicle is in motion. Injuries
into the vehicle's electrical/elec-
may result in the event of a
tronic system and damage elec-
sudden stop or collision. · Only use soft cups in the cup
trical/electronic parts. · When cleaning spilled liquids do
3
holders. Hard objects can
not use hot air to blow out or dry
injure you in an accident.
the cup holder. This may dam-
age the interior.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.
OTM048089
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun from the side window, pull it downward, release it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side towards the window (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed. Use the ticket holder (5) to hold tickets.
3-169
Convenient features of your vehicle
Close the vanity mirror cover secure- Power Outlet
ly and return the sunvisor to its origi-
nal position after use.
Front
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor.
NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket holder at one time. This could cause damage to the ticket holder.
Rear
3-170
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W with the engine running.
OTM048090
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a wet hand.
OTMA048091
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the Power Outlets :
· Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge.
· Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity.
Convenient features of your vehicle
· Adjust the air-conditioner or AC Inverter (if equipped) heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
· Close the cover when not in use.
· Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
3
OUMA046410
· Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.
· Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.
OTMA048094
The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W electric power to operate electric accessories or equipments.
i Information
· Rated voltage : AC 115V
· Maximum electric power : 150W
· In order to avoid an electrical system failure, electric shock, etc., be sure to read owner's manual before use.
· Be sure to close the cover except the time of use.
3-171
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce a risk of serious or fatal injuries:
· Do not use a heated electric device such as a coffeepot, toaster, heater, iron, etc.
· Do not insert foreign objects into the outlet and do not touch the outlet as you may get shocked.
· Do not let children touch the AC inverter.
NOTICE
· To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not use the AC inverter while the engine is not running.
· When not using the AC inverter, make sure to close the AC inverter cover.
· After using an electric accessory or equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving the accessory or equipment plugged in for a long time may cause battery discharge.
· Do not use an electric accessory or equipment the power consumption of which is greater than 150W(115V).
· Some electric accessories or equipments can cause electronic interference. It may cause excessive audio noise and malfunctions in other electric systems or devices in the vehicle.
· Do not use broken electric accessories or equipments, which may damage the AC inverter and electrical systems of the vehicle.
· Do not use two or more electric accessories or equipments at the same time. It may cause damage to the electrical systems of the vehicle.
· When the input voltage is lower, outlet LED will blink and the AC inverter will turn off automatically. If the input voltage goes up to normal, the AC inverter will turn on again.
3-172
Convenient features of your vehicle
USB Charger (if equipped)
Front
The electrical devices can be Wireless Cellular Phone recharged when the ignition switch is Charging System (if equipped) ON.
Insert the USB charger into the USB port, and re-charge a smart phone or a tablet PC.
The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device.
3
Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use.
Rear
OTM048092
OTM048093
The USB charger is designed to recharge batteries of small size electrical devices using a USB cable.
· A smart phone or a tablet PC may get warmer during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging system.
· A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different re-charging method, may not be properly re-charged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your device.
· The charging terminal is only to recharge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn ON an audio or to play media.
OTM048084 [A]: Indicator light, [B]: Charging pad
On certain models, the vehicle comes equipped with a wireless cellular phone charger.
The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the ignition switch is ON.
3-173
Convenient features of your vehicle
To charge a cellular phone
The wireless cellular phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phones ( ). Read the label on the cellular phone accessory cover or visit your cellular phone manufacturer's website to check whether your cellular phone supports the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts when you put a Qi-enabled cellular phone on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the smart key, from the wireless charging unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be interrupted. Place the cellular phone on the center of the charging pad ( ).
2. The indicator light is orange when the cellular phone is charging. The indicator light turns green when phone charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user settings mode on the instrument cluster. For further information, refer to the "LCD Display Modes" in this chapter.
If your cellular phone is not charging:
- Slightly change the position of the cellular phone on the charging pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is orange.
The indicator light will blink orange for 10 seconds if there is a malfunction in the wireless charging system.
In this case, temporarily stop the charging process, and re-attempt to charge your cellular phone again.
The system warns you with a message on the LCD display if the cellular phone is still on the wireless charging unit after the engine is turned OFF and the front door is opened.
i Information
For some manufacturers' cellular phones, the system may not warn you even though the cellular phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the cellular phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
NOTICE
· The wireless cellular phone charging system may not support certain cellular phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ).
· When placing your cellular phone on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your cellular phone is off to the side, the charging rate may be less and in some cases the cellular phone may experience higher heat conduction.
· In some cases, the wireless charging may stop temporarily when the Remote Key or Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
· When charging certain cellular phones, the charging indicator may not change to green when the cellular phone is fully charged.
3-174
Convenient features of your vehicle
· The wireless charging process · When any cellular phone without a Clock
may temporarily stop, when tem- wireless charging function or a
perature abnormally increases inside the wireless cellular phone
metallic object is placed on the charging pad, a small noise may
WARNING
charging system. Stop the charg- sound. This small sound is due to Do not attempt to adjust the
ing cellular phone and wait until the vehicle discerning compatibil- clock while driving. Doing so
temperature falls to a certain level. ity of the object placed on the may result in distracted driving
· The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there
charging pad. It does not affect your vehicle or the cellular phone
which may lead to an accident involving personal injury or
3
is any metallic item, such as a in any way.
death.
coin, between the wireless cellular
phone charging system and the i Information
cellular phone.
· When charging some cellular phones with a self-protection fea-
If the ignition switch is in the OFF position, the charging also stops.
Vehicles with Audio system
Select the [SETUP] button on the audio system Select [Date/Time].
ture, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop.
· If the cellular phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may
i Information
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following
· Set time: Set the time displayed on the audio screen.
· Time format: Choose between 12hour and 24-hour time formats.
not be possible.
two conditions:
· If the cellular phone is not com- 1. This device may not cause harmful Vehicles with Navigation system
pletely contacting the charging
interference, and
Select the Settings menu on the
pad, wireless charging may not operate properly.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including inter-
Navigation system [Date/Time].
Select
· Some magnetic items like credit
ference that may cause undesired · GPS time: Displays time accord-
cards, phone cards or rail tickets
operation.
ing to the received GNSS time.
may be damaged if left with the cellular phone during the charging process.
· 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24 hour.
3-175
Convenient features of your vehicle Coat Hook
WARNING
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
OTM048095
These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items.
OTM048096
Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
OTMA048476
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
Do not overlay additional mats or liners over the floor mats. If using All Weather mats, remove the carpeted floor mats before installing them. Only use floor mats designed to connect to the anchors.
3-176
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Luggage Net Holder (if equipped) To keep items from shifting in the luggage compartment, you can use the
Type A
4 holders located in the luggage
The following must be observed
board to attach the luggage net.
when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
· Ensure that the floor mats are
Make sure the luggage net is securely attached to the holders in the luggage board.
securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
3
WARNING
· Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
· Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.
Type B
OTMA048098
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.
Use the luggage net to keep only light items from shifting in the luggage compartment.
OTMA048099
3-177
Convenient features of your vehicle
Cargo Security Screen (if equipped)
To use the cargo security screen
When the cargo security screen is not in use:
1. Pull the cargo security screen backward and up to release it from the guides.
2. The cargo security screen will automatically slide back in.
OTMA048411
Use the cargo security screen to cover items stored in the cargo area.
OTM048412
1. Pull the cargo security screen towards the rear of the vehicle by the handle (1).
2. Insert the guide pin (2) into the guide (3).
i Information
The cargo security screen may not automatically slide back in if the cargo security screen is not fully pulled out. Pull the cargo screen out all the way and then slowly allow the screen to retract back into the mechanism.
i Information
Pull out the cargo security screen with the handle in the center to prevent the guide pin from falling out of the guide.
3-178
Convenient features of your vehicle
To remove the cargo security screen
To remove the cargo security screen from the luggage tray
3
OTMA048413
1. Push one side of the cargo screen inward to compress the spring mechanism and release the screen from the vehicle.
2. While the mechanism is compressed, pull out the cargo security screen.
3. Open the luggage tray and keep the cargo security screen in the tray.
OTLE055152
1. Pull up the screen board.
2. Push in the guide pin.
OTLE055153
3-179
Convenient features of your vehicle
OTLE055154
3. While pushing the guide pin, pull out the cargo security screen.
NOTICE
Since the cargo security screen may be damaged or malformed, do not put luggage on it when it is used.
WARNING
· Do not place objects on the cargo security screen. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking.
· Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is designed for luggage only.
· Maintain the balance of the vehicle and locate the weight as forward as possible.
Side Curtain (if equipped)
OTM048097
To use the side curtain: 1. Lift the curtain by the hook (1). 2. Hang the curtain on both sides of
the hook.
3-180
Convenient features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof Side Rails (if equipped)
NOTICE
· The vehicle center of gravity will
· When carrying cargo on the roof
be higher when items are
rack, take the necessary precau-
loaded onto the roof rack.
tions to make sure the cargo
Avoid sudden starts, braking,
does not damage the roof of the
sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers
vehicle.
or high speeds that may result
· When carrying large objects on the roof rack, make sure they do
in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident.
3
not exceed the overall roof · Always drive slowly and turn
length or width.
corners carefully when carry-
ing items on the roof rack.
Severe wind updrafts, caused
OTM048400
WARNING
by passing vehicles or natural
If your vehicle comes equipped with roof side rails, then roof rack crossbars can be installed on top of your vehicle. The roof rack crossbars are an accessory and are available at your local HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
· The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack. Distribute the load as evenly as possible onto the roof rack and secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may
causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true when carrying large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you.
If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation.
damage your vehicle.
ROOF RACK
220 lbs. (100kg) EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
· To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened.
3-181
Multimedia System
Multimedia System.................................................4-2 AUX, USB and USB Port ..................................................4-2 Antenna ...............................................................................4-2 Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ..................................4-4 Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN).................................................4-4
4
Multimedia System
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
NOTICE
· If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic devices may not function properly.
· Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration.
AUX, USB and USB Port
Antenna Pole antenna (if equipped)
OTM048403
You can use an AUX or USB cable to connect audio devices to the vehicle AUX or USB port.
i Information
When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the portable audio device's power source.
OTM049401
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive AM or/and FM broadcast signals. This antenna pole is removable. To remove the roof antenna pole, turn it counterclockwise. To install the roof antenna pole, turn it clockwise.
NOTICE
Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash, remove the antenna pole by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the antenna may be damaged.
4-2
Multimedia System
· When reinstalling your roof anten- Steering Wheel Audio Control na, it is important that it is fully
SEEK/PRESET ( /
) (2)
tightened and adjusted to the
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is
upright position to ensure proper
pressed up or down and held for 0.8
reception.
second or more, it will function in the
· When cargo is loaded on the roof
following modes:
rack, do not place the cargo near
RADIO mode
the antenna pole to ensure proper reception.
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. It will SEEK until you
Shark fin antenna (if equipped)
release the button.
4
MEDIA mode
OTM048402 It will function as the FF/RW button.
OTM049420
The shark fin antenna will receive the AM, FM broadcast signals and transmit data.
NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio remote control buttons simultaneously.
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1) · Press the VOLUME (+) switch up
to increase volume. · Press the VOLUME (-) switch down
to decrease volume.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down, it will function in the following modes:
RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN button.
MEDIA mode It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN button. MODE (3) Press the MODE button to toggle through Radio, SXM, or AUX modes.
4-3
Multimedia System
MUTE ( ) (4)
· Press the MUTE button to mute the sound.
· Press the MUTE button again to activate the sound.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
i Information
Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the separately supplied manual with the vehicle.
(1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button (3) Microphone
Detailed information for the Bluetooth hands-free is described in a separately supplied manual with the vehicle.
OTM048404
Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN) (if equipped)
Detailed information for the AVN system is described in a separately supplied manual with the vehicle.
OTM048405
4-4
Driving your vehicle
Before Driving ........................................................5-4 ISG (Idle Stop and Go) System ..........................5-46
Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4
To Activate the ISG System ..........................................5-46
Before Starting ..................................................................5-4
To Deactivate the ISG System......................................5-49
Ignition Switch........................................................5-6
ISG System Malfunction................................................5-49
Key Ignition Switch ...........................................................5-6
Battery Sensor Deactivation ........................................5-50
Engine Start/Stop Button................................................5-9
Drive Mode Integrated Control System ............5-51
Automatic Transmission ......................................5-14
Drive Mode .......................................................................5-51
Automatic Transmission Operation.............................5-14
Smart shift on trip computer .......................................5-53
Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-18
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Braking System ....................................................5-20
Assist (FCA) System ............................................5-54
Power Brakes ...................................................................5-20
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-54
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........................................5-21 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................5-21 Auto Hold ..........................................................................5-27
FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-57
FCA Sensor .......................................................................5-59
5
System Malfunction .......................................................5-61
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-30
Limitations of the System.............................................5-62
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-32
Blind-Spot Collision Warning/Blind-Spot
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-35
Collision-Avoidance Assist .................................5-68
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-36
System Description .........................................................5-68
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ......................................5-36
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-69
Good Braking Practices.................................................5-39
Warning and System Control .......................................5-72
All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........................................5-40
Detecting Sensor (Camera and Radar) ......................5-74
AWD operation.................................................................5-41
Limitations of the System.............................................5-77
Emergency precautions.................................................5-44
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) ...................................................................5-82
System Description .........................................................5-82
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-83
Warning and System Control .......................................5-85
Detecting Sensor.............................................................5-88
Limitations of the System.............................................5-89
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System ...................5-93
LKA System Operation...................................................5-94
Warning Light and Message.........................................5-97
Limitations of the System.............................................5-99
5
LKA System Function Change ...................................5-101
Driver Attention WARNING (DAW) System ....5-102
System Setting and Activation ..................................5-102
Resetting the System...................................................5-103
System Standby.............................................................5-104
System Malfunction .....................................................5-104
Smart Cruise Control With Stop &
Go System............................................................5-106
Smart Cruise Control Switch ......................................5-106
Smart Cruise Control Speed .......................................5-107
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance ...5-111
Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead ......5-115
To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control.....5-116
To Convert to Cruise Control Mode .........................5-117 Limitations of the System...........................................5-118 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert .....................5-123 System Setting and Activation ..................................5-123 Special Driving Conditions ................................5-125 Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-124 Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-125 Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-126 Driving at Night .............................................................5-126 Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-126 Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-127 Highway Driving ............................................................5-127 Reducing the Risk of a Rollover ...............................5-128 Winter Driving ....................................................5-129 Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-129 Winter Precautions.......................................................5-131 Trailer Towing.....................................................5-133 If you decide to pull a trailer.....................................5-133 Trailer towing equipment ............................................5-135 Driving with a trailer ....................................................5-136 Maintenance when trailer towing.............................5-139 Vehicle Load Limit..............................................5-141 Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-142
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If
you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the
vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
5
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the liftgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
Driving your vehicle
5-3
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
BEFORE DRIVING
Before Entering the Vehicle
· Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.
· Remove frost, snow, or ice.
· Visually check the tires for uneven wear and damage.
· Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks.
· Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
· Make sure the hood, the liftgate, and the doors are securely closed and locked.
· Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.
· Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors.
· Verify all the lights work.
· Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all passengers have fastened their seatbelts.
· Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.
5-4
WARNING
WARNING
You are much more likely to have
a serious accident if you drink or
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
NEVER drink or take drugs and
take drugs and drive. If you are
INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- drive.
drinking or taking drugs, don't
lowing precautions:
· ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehi-
Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.
cle is moving. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a
· Always drive defensively.
small amount of alcohol will
Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and
affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one
5
make mistakes.
drink can reduce your ability to
· Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents.
· Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.
respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving
under the influence of alcohol.
Driving your vehicle
5-5
Driving your vehicle
IGNITION SWITCH Key Ignition Switch
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: · NEVER allow children or any
person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the ignition switch or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur. · NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the ignition switch, or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
ACC LOCK
ON START
OAE056172L
Whenever the front door is opened, the ignition switch will illuminate, provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position. The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed. (if equipped)
WARNING
NEVER turn the ignition switch to the LOCK or ACC position while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and turn ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
5-6
Key ignition switch positions
Switch Position
Action
LOCK
To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, put the key in at the ACC position and turn the key towards the LOCK position.
The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.
The shift lever must be in the P (Park) position.
Notice
ACC Some of the electrical accessories are usable.
5
This is the normal key position when the engine has Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when
started.
the engine is not running in order to prevent the battery
ON
All features and accessories are usable.
from discharging.
The warning lights can be checked when you turn the
ignition switch from ACC to ON.
START
To start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START The engine will crank until you release the key. position. The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key.
Driving your vehicle
5-7
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
· Do not hold the ignition key in the START position for more than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before trying again.
· Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.
i Information
· It is best to maintain a moderate engine speed until the vehicle engine comes up to normal operating temperature. Avoid harsh or abrupt acceleration or deceleration while the engine is still cold.
· Whether the engine is cold or warm, always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the engine while warming it up.
Turning off the engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal fully.
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
3. Turn the ignition switch to the off position and apply the parking brake.
5-8
Engine Start/Stop Button
OTM058004
Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury or death, NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the Engine Start/Stop button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an emergency: Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop button for more than two seconds OR rapidly press and release the Engine Start/ Stop button three times (within three seconds). If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
· NEVER press the Engine Start/ Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems.
This may lead to loss of direc-
tional control and braking
function, which could cause
an accident.
· Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, press the Engine Start/
Stop button to the OFF posi-
tion, and take the Smart Key
with you. Unexpected vehicle
movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
5
· NEVER reach through the
steering wheel for the Engine
Start/Stop button or any other
control while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area may
cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
5-9
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Engine Start/Stop button positions
Button Position
Action
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the Engine Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).
When you press the Engine Start/Stop button without the shift lever in P (Park), the Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF position, but turns to the ACC position.
Notice
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the
button is in the OFF position without depress- ACC position with the shift lever in P (Park) for
ing the brake pedal.
more than one hour, the battery power will turn
Some of the electrical accessories are off automatically to prevent the battery from
usable.
discharging.
5-10
Button Position ON
Action
Notice
Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in
in the ACC position without depressing the the ON position when the engine is not run-
brake pedal.
ning to prevent the battery from discharging.
The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.
START
To start the engine, depress the brake pedal If you press the Engine Start/Stop button with-
and press the Engine Start/Stop button with out depressing the brake pedal, the engine 5
the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N does not start and the Engine Start/Stop but-
(Neutral) position.
ton changes as follows:
For your safety, start the engine with the shift OFF ACC ON OFF
lever in the P (Park) position.
However, the engine may start if you depress
the brake pedal within 0.5 second after press-
ing the Engine Start/Stop button from the OFF
position.
Driving your vehicle
5-11
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine
WARNING
· Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals. · Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident. · Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal is released when the rpm is high.
i Information
· The engine will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.
· Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from the driver, the engine may not start.
· When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the " " indicator will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on and if all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using the ACC position or if the vehicle engine is ON.
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
i Information
· Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
· Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the engine while warming it up.
5-12
NOTICE
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle: To prevent damage to the vehicle:
· If the engine stalls while you are When the stop lamp switch fuse is
in motion, do not attempt to blown, you can't start the engine
move the shift lever to the P normally. Replace the fuse with a
(Park) position.
new one. If you are not able to
If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and press the Engine Start/Stop
replace the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing and holding the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/ Stop button in the ACC position.
OTM058005
button in an attempt to restart Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
the engine.
button for more than 10 seconds
i Information
· Do not push or tow your vehicle except when the stop lamp switch If the smart key battery is weak or the
5
to start the engine.
fuse is blown.
smart key does not work correctly,
For your safety always depress you can start the engine by pressing
the brake pedal before starting the the Engine Start/Stop button with the
engine.
smart key in the direction of the pic-
ture above.
Turning off the engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal fully.
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the off position and apply the parking brake.
Driving your vehicle
5-13
Driving your vehicle
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Press the shift button, then move shift lever. For your safety, depress the brake pedal while shifting gears.
Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button, and then move shift lever.
Move shift lever.
OTM058006
Automatic Transmission Operation The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
5-14
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
· ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.
· When using Manual Shift Mode, use caution when shifting from a higher gear to a lower gear on slippery roads. This could cause the tires to slip and may result in an accident.
Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument clus-
WARNING
R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle
ter displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of
backward. NOTICE
the vehicle.
Always come to a complete stop
P (Park)
· After the vehicle has stopped, before shifting into or out of R
Always come to a complete stop
always make sure the shift (Reverse); you may damage the
before shifting into P (Park).
lever is in P (Park), apply the transmission if you shift into R
To shift from P (Park), you must depress firmly on the brake pedal.
parking brake, and turn the (Reverse) while the vehicle is in
engine off.
motion.
Make sure your foot is off the accel- · When parking on an incline,
erator pedal.
If you have done all of the above and still cannot shift the lever out of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in this section.
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the engine off.
place the shift lever in P (Park) and apply the parking brake to prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not engaged.
5
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine.
Shift into P (Park) if you need to leave your vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.
Driving your vehicle
5-15
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit people or objects.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a eight-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill depress the accelerator pedal further until you feel the transmission downshift to a lower gear.
The DRIVE MODE switch, located on the shift lever console, allows the driver to switch from NORMAL mode to SPORT mode.
For more information, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" later in this chapter.
5-16
+ (UP)
- (DOWN)
OTM058008
Manual shift mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, manual shift mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate.
In Manual Shift mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to select the desired range of gears for the current driving conditions.
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear.
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear.
i Information
· Only the eight forward gears can be selected in Manual Shift mode. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required.
· Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
· When the engine rpm approaches the red zone the transmission will upshift automatically.
· If the driver presses the lever to Shift-lock system
Shift-lock release
+ (Up) or - (Down) position, the transmission may not make the requested gear change if the next gear is outside of the allowable engine rpm range. The driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine rpms below the red zone.
For your safety, the automatic transmission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse):
· When accelerating from a stop on a slippery road, push the shift lever forward into the + (Up) position.
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition switch in the ON position.
This allows the transmission to 3. Move the shift lever. shift into the 2nd gear which is bet-
ter for smooth driving on a slippery
OTM058007L
If the shift lever cannot be moved from 5
road. Push the shift lever to the -
the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)
(Down) side to shift back to the 1st
position with the brake pedal
gear.
depressed, continue depressing the
· When driving in Manual Shift
brake, and then do the following:
Mode, slow down before shifting to
1. Place the ignition switch in the
a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
LOCK/OFF position.
gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock release access
hole.
4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool.
Driving your vehicle
5-17
Driving your vehicle
5. Move the shift lever. 6. Remove the tool from the shift-
lock override access hole then install the cap.
If you need to use the shift-lock release, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.
WARNING
· When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire.
· The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components.
· Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.
Good Driving Practices
· Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.
· Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
· Do not move the shift lever to N (Neutral) when driving. If the shift lever is moved to N (Neutral) while driving the vehicle loses the ability to provide engine braking. Doing so may increase the risk of an accident.
· Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.
5-18
· Depressing both accelerator and brake pedals at the same time can trigger logic for engine power reduction to assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle acceleration will resume after the brake pedal is
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: · ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.
· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
released.
In a collision, an unbelted
· HYUNDAI recommends you
· Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
follow all posted speed limits.
from moving.
· Avoid high speeds when cor-
· Exercise extreme caution when
nering or turning.
driving on a slippery surface. Be · Do not make quick steering
especially careful when braking,
wheel movements, such as
5
accelerating or shifting gears. On
sharp lane changes or fast,
a slippery surface, an abrupt
sharp turns.
change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.
· The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
· Loss of control MAY occur if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
Driving your vehicle
5-19
Driving your vehicle
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power Brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
· Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.
· When descending down a long or steep hill, move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift Mode and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance.
· Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. Avoid driving at high speeds until the brakes function correctly.
5-20
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
When your brake pads are worn and Applying the parking brake
WARNING
new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal.
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the EPB while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an
Note that some driving conditions or
accident.
climates may cause a brake squeal
when you first apply (or lightly apply)
the brakes. This is normal and does
not indicate a problem with your
brakes.
OTM058016
5
NOTICE To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.
i Information
To apply the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Warning Light comes on.
Brake
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.
Driving your vehicle
5-21
Driving your vehicle
Releasing the parking brake
OTM058017
To release the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake), press the EPB switch in the following condition: · Place the ignition switch in the ON
position. · Depress the brake pedal. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light goes off.
To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) automatically:
· Shift lever in P (Park)
With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
· Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
· Satisfy the following conditions
1. Ensure seat belts are fastened and the doors, hood and liftgate are closed.
2. With the engine running, depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake Warning light goes off.
i Information
· For your safety, you can engage the EPB even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it.
· For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle.
NOTICE
· If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.
5-22
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be automatically applied when:
· Requested by other systems
· The driver turns the engine off while Auto Hold is operating.
Warning messages
WARNING
· Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, press the EPB switch, and set the ignition switch to the OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.
OTMA058132
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt,
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park) with the parking
5
close door, hood and liftgate
brake set are at risk for mov-
· If you try to drive with the EPB applied, a warning will sound and a
ing inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
message will appear.
· NEVER allow anyone who is
· If the driver's seat belt is unfastened and the engine hood or liftgate is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the EPB switch. If the EPB is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
· If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the
· Only release the EPB when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.
brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
Driving your vehicle
5-23
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
· Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the EPB engaged, a warning will sound and a message will appear. Damage to the parking brake may occur.
· Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the EPB is released and the Parking Brake Warning Light is off before driving.
i Information
· A clicking sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
· When leaving your keys with a parking attendant or assistant, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB.
OIK057079N
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.
5-24
EPB malfunction indicator
Type A
Type B
The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
NOTICE
· If the EPB warning light is still
on, have the system checked by
OTM048157/OTM048158
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OIK057077N
· If the parking brake warning
Parking brake automatically engaged
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
This warning light illuminates if the ignition switch is set to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB may not be applied.
· If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warn-
5
remains on, comes on while driving, ing light is on, press the switch,
or does not come on when the igni- and then pull it up. Repeat this
tion switch is changed to the ON one more time. If the EPB warn-
position, this indicates that the EPB ing does not go off, have the
may have malfunctioned.
system checked by an author-
If this occurs, have the system ized HYUNDAI dealer.
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Driving your vehicle
5-25
Driving your vehicle
Parking brake warning light
Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the ignition switch to the ON position (do not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.
Emergency braking If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch. However, braking distance will be longer than normal.
WARNING
Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to a severe accident.
i Information
During emergency braking, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating.
NOTICE
If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, have system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release If the EPB does not release normally, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
5-26
Auto Hold
To release :
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal.
· If you press the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes
To apply :
from green to white. · If the vehicle is restarted using the
cruise control toggle switch (RES+
or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise
OTM058019 control is operating, the Auto Hold
2. When you stop the vehicle com- will be released regardless of
pletely by depressing the brake pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the
accelerator pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes
5
brake pressure to hold the vehicle from green to white.
stationary. The indicator changes
from white to green.
WARNING
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake When the AUTO HOLD is auto-
OTM058018
pedal.
matically released by depress-
1. With the driver's door and engine 4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
hood closed, depress the brake
released.
ing the accelerator pedal, always take a look around your vehicle.
pedal and then press the [AUTO
Slowly depress the accelerator
HOLD] switch. The white AUTO
pedal for a smooth start.
HOLD indicator will come on and
the system will be in the standby
position.
Driving your vehicle
5-27
Driving your vehicle
To cancel :
OTM058020
1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and sudden vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your foot on the brake pedal to cancel the Auto Hold before you: - Drive downhill. - Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse). - Park the vehicle.
i Information
· The Auto Hold does not operate when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The shift lever is in P (Park) or R (Reverse)
- The EPB is applied
· For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB when:
- The driver's door is opened with the shift lever in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
- The engine hood is opened with the shift lever in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
- The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle stands on a steep slope
- The vehicle moves several times
In these cases, the parking brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sound and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again, press foot brake pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release parking brake manually with the EPB switch.
· While operating Auto Hold, you may hear mechanical noise. However, it is normal operating noise.
NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-28
WARNING
· Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle.
· For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle or park the vehicle.
Warning messages
Type A
Type B
NOTICE
OIK057079N
If there is a malfunction with the driver's door or engine hood open detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OIK057077N/OIK057075N
Parking brake automatically engaged
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.
When this message is displayed, the
5
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate.
For your safety, depress the brake
pedal.
Driving your vehicle
5-29
Driving your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
OIK057080L
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when you release the Auto Hold by pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
OTM058159L
AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Close door and hood.
When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver's door and engine hood are not closed, a warning will sound and a message will appear on the cluster LCD display.
Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after closing the driver's door and hood.
5-30
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions:
· Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
· On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height.
· Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake sys-
wheels, you may hear sounds from tem may result in a longer stopping
ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.
the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active.
distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on for several seconds after the igni-
5
ABS does not reduce the time or dis- tion switch is in the ON position.
tance it takes to stop the vehicle.
During that time, the ABS will go
Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden
through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather con-
ditions.
Driving your vehicle
5-31
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and turn the engine off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OTM058022
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.
5-32
WARNING
When operating
ESC OFF condition
When the ESC is in opera- To cancel ESC operation :
Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.
tion, the ESC indicator light blinks:
· When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.
· When the ESC activates, the
· State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction Control disabled" will illuminate. In this state, the traction control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC (braking management) still operates.
ESC operation
engine may not respond to the · State 2
ESC ON condition
accelerator as it does under rou- Press and hold the ESC OFF button 5
When the ignition switch is in the ON
tine conditions.
continuously for more than 3 sec-
position, the ESC and the ESC OFF · If the Cruise Control was in use onds. The ESC OFF indicator light
indicator lights illuminate for approxi-
when the ESC activates, the and message "Traction and Stability
mately three seconds. After both
Cruise Control automatically dis- Control disabled" illuminates and a
lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
engages. The Cruise Control can warning chime sounds. In this state,
be reengaged when the road con- both the traction control function of
ditions allow. See "Cruise Control ESC (engine management) and the
System" later in this chapter. (if brake control function of ESC (brak-
equipped)
ing management) are disabled.
Driving your vehicle
· When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, the engine RPM (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem.
If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC will automatically turn on again.
5-33
Driving your vehicle
Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC to maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.
When the ignition switch is placed to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
· Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed.
· When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).
5-34
i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation.
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
· Never drive too fast for the road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents.
When operating
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.
The Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) is a function of the Electronic
i Information
Stability Control (ESC) system. It VSM operation
The VSM does not operate when:
helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.
VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:
· The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is on.
· Driving on a banked road such as gradient or incline.
· Driving rearward.
· ESC OFF indicator light is on.
5
WARNING
· Vehicle speed is approximately above 13 mph (22 km/h) on curve roads.
· EPS (Electric Power Steering) warning light ( ) is on or blinks.
Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM):
· ALWAYS check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
· Vehicle speed is approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h) when the vehicle is braking on a two surface road.
The two surface road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces.
Driving your vehicle
5-35
Driving your vehicle
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.
WARNING
If ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off on a incline.The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds.
NOTICE
· The HAC does not operate when the shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral)
· The HAC activates even though the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off but does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
Type A
Type B
OTM058024
OTM058023
The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) feature assists the driver to descend down a steep hill without having to depress the brake pedal.
5-36
The system automatically applies the DBC operation brakes to maintain the vehicle speed
below a certain speed and allows the
Mode
Indicator light
Description
driver to concentrate on steering the vehicle down hill.
The DBC defaults to the off position whenever the ignition switch is placed to the ON position. Press the button to activate the system and press the button again to deactivate.
Standby
Green light turns on
Press the DBC button when the vehicle speed is under 40 mph (64 km/h). The DBC system will turn on and enter the standby mode.
The system does not turn on if the vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h).
In the standby mode, the DBC will activate under the following conditions:
· The hill is steep enough.
Activated
· The brake/accelerator pedal is not depressed.
· The vehicle speed is within 218 mph (430 km/h)
Green light
range (within 28 mph (48 km/h) when reversing).
5
blinks
Within the activation speed range 218 mph (430
km/h), the driver can control the vehicle speed by
depressing the brake/accelerator pedal.
-
Green light turns off
The DBC will turn off under the following conditions: · The DBC button is pressed again. · The vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h).
Deactivated
The DBC will be deactivated but maintain the standby mode under the following conditions:
· The hill is not steep enough.
Green light turns on · The vehicle speed is between 1840 mph (3064 (maintains standby mode) km/h).
Driving your vehicle
System malfunction
Yellow light turns on
The yellow warning light illuminates when the system may have malfunctioned or may not work properly during the activation. In this case, the DBC system is deactivated. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
5-37
Driving your vehicle
OTMA048167
Downhill Brake Control disabled. Control vehicle speed
When the DBC system is not working properly this warning message will appear on the LCD display and you will hear a warning sound. If this occurs, control the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal.
WARNING
Always turn off the DBC on normal roads. The DBC might activate inadvertently from the standby mode when driving through speed bumps or making sharp curves.
i Information
· Noise or vibration may occur from the brakes when the DBC is activated.
· The rear stop light comes on when DBC is activated.
NOTICE
· The DBC may not deactivate on steep inclines even though the brake or accelerator pedal is depressed.
· The DBC system may not always maintain the vehicle speed at a certain speed.
· The DBC does not operate when:
- The shift lever is in P (Park).
- The ESC is activated.
5-38
Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.
5
5-39
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
OTM058010
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system delivers engine torque to both the front and rear wheels for extra traction. AWD is useful when maximum traction is required on slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.
Occasional off-road use such as established unpaved roads and trails are OK. It is always important that the driver carefully reduces the speed to a level that does not exceed the safe operating speed for those conditions.
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· Do not drive in conditions that exceed the vehicles intended design such as challenging off-road conditions.
· Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
· The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
· Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
NOTICE
· Do not drive in water if the level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
· Check your brake condition once you are out of mud or water. Depress the brake pedal several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking return.
· Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in offroad conditions such as sand, mud or water (see "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" in chapter 7).
· Always wash your vehicle thoroughly after off road use, especially the bottom of the vehicle.
· Be sure to equip the vehicle with four tires of the same size and type.
· Make sure that a full time AWD vehicle is towed by a flat bed tow truck.
5-40
AWD Operation
All Wheel Drive (AWD) mode selection
Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light
Description
AWD AUTO (AWD LOCK is
deactivated)
· In the AWD AUTO mode, under normal operating conditions,
the vehicle operates similar to conventional 2WD vehicles. If
the system determines there is a need for four wheel drive,
the engine's driving power is distributed to all four wheels
-
automatically.
(not illuminated)
· Use this mode when driving on normal roads.
· If you select the Assist mode ( ) in the cluster LCD display, driving force distribution (AWD) state is displayed.
AWD LOCK
· In the AWD LOCK mode, the system is deactivated when
5
vehicle speed is over 40 mph (60 km/h) and the mode is shift-
ed to AWD AUTO mode. If the vehicle speed is reduced back
down to 40 mph (60 km/h) the system shifts back into AWD
LOCK mode.
(illuminated)
· Use this mode when driving up or down steep inclines, driving off-road, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc. to maximize traction.
· The driving force distribution (AWD) state is not displayed on the cluster LCD display.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
If AWD warning light ( ) stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the AWD system. When the AWD warning light ( ) illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
5-41
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
When driving on normal roads, deactivate the AWD LOCK mode by pushing the AWD LOCK button (AWD LOCK indicator light goes off). Driving on normal roads with the AWD LOCK mode, especially, when cornering may cause mechanical noise or vibration. The noise and vibration will disappear when the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated. Prolong driving with the noise and vibration may damage some parts of the power train.
i Information
When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a sensation may be felt as the driving power is delivered entirely to the front wheels.
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
· Make sure all passengers are wearing seat belts.
· Sit upright and closer to the steering wheel than usual. Adjust the steering wheel to a position comfortable for you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy roads
· Start off slowly by applying the accelerator pedal gently.
· Use snow tires or tire chains.
· Keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
· Apply engine braking during deceleration by switching the gear shift lever to Manual Shift Mode and manually selecting a lower gear.
· Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns to prevent skids.
Driving in sand or mud
· Maintain slow and constant speed.
· Use tire chains driving in mud if necessary.
· Keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
· Reduce vehicle speed and always check the road condition.
· Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns to prevent getting stuck.
CAUTION
When the vehicle is stuck in snow, sand or mud, place a nonslip material under the drive wheels to provide traction OR Slowly spin the wheels in forward and reverse directions which causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle. However, avoid running the engine continuously at high rpm, doing so may damage the AWD system.
5-42
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when driving up or down steep hills. The vehicle may flip over depending on the grade, the terrain, and the trail conditions.
WARNING
Driving through water
· Try to avoid driving in deep standing water. It may stall your engine and clog your exhaust system.
· If you need to drive in water, stop your vehicle, set the vehicle in AWD LOCK mode and drive under 5 mph (8 km/h).
· Do not change gear while driving in water.
OLMB053017
Driving up or down hills
CAUTION
· Driving uphill
Always drive slowly in water. If
5
- Before starting off, check if it is possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible. · Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
you drive too fast, water may get into the engine compartment and wet the ignition system causing your vehicle to suddenly stop.
downhill. Select gear before driv-
OLMB053018
ing downhill.
Do not drive across the contour
- Drive slowly using engine brak- of steep hills. A slight change in
ing while driving downhill.
the wheel angle can destabilize
- Drive straight as possible.
the vehicle, or a stable vehicle may lose stability if the vehicle
stops its forward motion. Your
vehicle may roll over and lead to
a serious injury or death.
Driving your vehicle
5-43
Driving your vehicle
Additional driving conditions
· Become familiar with the off-road conditions before driving.
· Always pay attention when driving off-road and avoid dangerous areas.
· Drive slowly when driving in heavy wind.
· Reduce vehicle speed when cornering. The center of gravity of AWD vehicles is higher than conventional 2WD vehicles, making them more likely to roll over when you rapidly turn corners.
· Always hold the steering wheel firmly when you are driving offroad.
WARNING
Do not grab the inside of the steering wheel when you are driving off-road. You may hurt your arm by a sudden steering maneuver or from steering wheel rebound due to an impact with objects on the ground.You could lose control of the steering wheel which may lead to serious injury or death.
Emergency Precautions
Tires
Do not use a tire and wheel package with a different size and type from the one originally installed on your vehicle. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could lead to steering failure or rollover causing serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to equip all four tires with the tire and wheel of the same size, type, tread, brand and load-carrying capacity. If you equip your vehicle with any tire/wheel combination not recommended by HYUNDAI for off-road driving, you should not use these tires for highway driving.
WARNING
Never start or run the engine while a full-time AWD vehicle is raised on a jack. The vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby.
5-44
Towing AWD vehicles must be towed with a
CAUTION
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground. For more details, refer to "Towing" in chapter 6.
· Never engage the parking brake while performing the test.
· When the vehicle is lifted up,
do not operate the front and
Dynamometer testing
rear wheel separately. All four
A full-time AWD vehicle must be tested on a special four wheel chassis dynamometer.
Temporary Free Roller
Roll Tester (Speedometer)
OTM058013
A full-time AWD vehicle should not
wheels should be operated.
WARNING
be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll tester must be used, perform the following procedure:
Keep away from the front of the vehicle while the vehicle is in gear on the dynamometer. The
5
1. Check the tire pressures recom- vehicle can jump forward and
mended for your vehicle.
cause serious injury or death.
2. Place the front wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the rear wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the illustration.
Driving your vehicle
5-45
Driving your vehicle
ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The ISG system helps reduce fuel consumption and exhaust gas emissions by automatically shutting down the engine, when the vehicle is at a standstill (i.e. red stop light, stop sign, and traffic jam).
To Activate the ISG System
Prerequisite for activation The ISG system operates in the following situations. · The driver's seatbelt is fastened
The engine is automatically started upon satisfying the starting conditions. The ISG system is always active, when the engine is running.
i Information
· The driver's door and hood are closed
· The brake vacuum pressure is adequate
· The battery sensor is activated and the battery is sufficiently charged
When the engine is automatically started by the ISG system, some warning lights (i.e. ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS, and parking brake warning light) may illuminate for a few seconds due to the low battery voltage. However, it does not indicate a malfunction with the ISG system.
· Outside temperature is not too low or too high
· The vehicle is driven over a constant speed and stops
· The climate control system satisfies the conditions
· The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up
· The incline is gradual
· The steering wheel is turned less than 180 degrees and then the vehicle stops
i Information
·
The ISG system is
not activated, when
the prerequisites to
activate the ISG sys-
tem are unsatisfied.
In this case, the ISG
OFF button indicator illuminates,
and the auto stop indicator ( )
illuminates in yellow on the instru-
ment cluster.
· When the above indicator remains illuminated on the instrument cluster, we recommend that you have the ISG system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-46
Auto stop
Type A
Type B
In auto stop mode, when the driver opens the hood, the ISG system will be deactivated.
When the system is deactivated:
Type A
Driving your vehicle
OTMA058163
To stop the engine in idle stop mode
1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 0 mph.
2. Depress the brake pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
The auto stop indicator ( ) illuminates in green on the instrument cluster, when the engine stops.
Type B
OIK057173N
The message, "Auto Stop is Off!.
Start vehicle manually", appears on the LCD display with a beep sound.
5
OTMA048415
At this time, restart the vehicle manually by depressing the brake pedal with the vehicle shifted to P (Park) or N (Neutral). But for your safety, restart the vehicle in the P (Park) position.
i Information
The driving speed must reach at least 3 mph (5 km/h) after an idle stop to stop the engine in idle stop mode again.
OTM048416
The ISG OFF button indicator illuminates.
5-47
Driving your vehicle
Auto start
To restart the engine in the auto stop mode
Release the brake pedal.
- When Auto Hold is activated, if you release the brake pedal, the engine will be in the auto stop state. However, if you depress the accelerator pedal, the engine will start again.
The auto stop indicator ( ) goes OFF on the instrument cluster, when the engine is restarted.
The engine is automatically restarted in the following situations.
· The brake vacuum pressure is low
· The engine has stopped for about 5 minutes
· The air conditioning is ON with the fan speed set to the highest position
· The front defroster is ON
· The battery is weak
· The cooling and heating performance of the climate control system is unsatisfactory
· The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) when Auto Hold is activated
· The door is opened or the seatbelt is unfastened when Auto Hold is activated
· The EPB switch is pressed when Auto Hold is activated
The auto stop indicator ( ) blinks in green for 5 seconds on the instrument cluster.
OIK057086N
The auto start is temporarily deactivated in the following situations.
When the shift lever is shifted from N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode without the brake pedal depressed. A message "Press brake pedal for Auto Start" will appear on the LCD display. To activate auto start, depress the brake pedal.
5-48
To Deactivate the ISG System ISG System Malfunction
i Information
· Press the ISG OFF button to deactivate the ISG system. Then, the ISG OFF button indicator illuminates.
The ISG system may not operate:
When there is a malfunction with the ISG sensors or the ISG system.
· When you cannot turn OFF the ISG OFF button indicator by pressing the ISG OFF button, or when the malfunction with the ISG system
· Press the ISG OFF button again to reactivate the ISG system. Then, the ISG OFF button indicator turns OFF.
The followings occur, when there is a malfunction with the ISG system:
· The auto stop indicator ( ) will blink in yellow on the instrument cluster.
persists, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· You can turn off the ISG OFF button indicator by driving over 50 mph (80 km/h) for up to 2 hours with the fan speed below the 2nd
· The light on the ISG OFF button
position. If the ISG OFF button
will illuminate.
indicator remains ON, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5
WARNING
When the engine is in auto stop mode, the engine may restart. Before leaving the vehicle or checking the engine compartment, stop the engine placing the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position or remove the ignition key.
Driving your vehicle
5-49
Driving your vehicle
Battery Sensor Deactivation
Battery sensor
OTM058025
The battery sensor is deactivated, when the battery is disconnected from the negative pole for maintenance purpose. In this case, the ISG system is limitedly operated due to the battery sensor deactivation. Thus, the driver needs to take the following procedures to reactivate the battery sensor after disconnecting the battery.
Prerequisites to reactivate the battery sensor
Keep the engine in the OFF status for 4 hours, and attempt to restart the engine 3 to 4 times for the batterysensor reactivation.
Pay extreme caution not to connect any accessories (i.e. navigation and black box) to the vehicle with the engine in the OFF status. If not, the battery sensor may not be reactivated.
i Information
The ISG system may not operate in the following situations.
- There is a malfunction with the ISG system.
- The battery is weak.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
If this occurs, have the ISG system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
· Use only a genuine HYUNDAI ISG battery for replacement. If not, the ISG system may not normally operate.
· Do not recharge the ISG battery with a general battery charger. It may damage or explode the ISG battery.
· Do not remove the battery cap. The battery electrolyte, which is harmful to the human body, may leak out.
5-50
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Drive Mode
Type A
i Information
If there is a problem with the instrument cluster, the drive mode will be in NORMAL mode and may not change to other mode.
The mode changes, as below, whenever the DRIVE MODE is pressed.
SPORT
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the steering effort, and the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driving performance.
· When SPORT mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE button, the SPORT indicator will illuminate.
Type B
OTM058026
NORMAL
SMART
· Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will revert back to
NORMAL mode. If SPORT mode is 5
desired, re-select SPORT mode
from the DRIVE MODE button.
OTM058027
The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.
NORMAL mode
In NORMAL mode the engine and transmission control logic work together to provide regular daily driving performance with some fuel efficiency.
· When NORMAL mode is selected, it is not displayed on the instrument cluster.
· When SPORT mode is activated: - The engine rpm will tend to remain a little higher for a brief time even after releasing the accelerator. This is normal when the SPORT mode is activated. - Upshifts are delayed when accelerating.
i Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
Driving your vehicle
5-51
Driving your vehicle
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the 60$57 proper driving mode
between NORMAL and SPORT by judging the driver's driving habits (i.e. Economical or Aggressive) from the brake pedal depression or the steering wheel operation.
· Press the DRIVE MODE button to select SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster.
· Vehicle's equipped with a supervision cluster the indicator illuminates in green, when the driver's driving is categorized to be economical. It illuminates in white, when the driver's driving is categorized to be normal. It illuminates in yellow, when the driver's driving is categorized to be sportive during abrupt braking or sharp curving.
· Whenever the engine is restarted, the drive mode will revert back to NORMAL mode. If SMART mode is desired, re-select SMART mode.
· SMART mode automatically controls gear shifting patterns, engine torque, in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
i Information
When you dynamically drive the vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply turning the driving mode changes to SPORT mode. However, it may adversely affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which you may encounter in SMART mode
· The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT, when you abruptly accelerate the vehicle or repetitively operate the steering wheel (Your driving is categorized to be sporty.). In this mode, your vehicle drives in a lower gear for abrupt accelerating/decelerating and increases the engine brake performance.
· You may still sense the engine braking performance, even when you release the accelerator pedal in SMART SPORT mode. It is because your vehicle remains in lower gear over a certain period of time for next acceleration. Thus, it is a normal driving situation, not indicating any malfunction.
· The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT mode only in harsh driving situations. In most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be in SMART NORMAL mode.
5-52
Limitation of SMART mode
· The transmission oil temperature is Smart Shift in Trip Computer
The SMART mode may be limited in following situations. (The OFF indicator illuminates in those situations.)
· The driver manually moves the shift lever :
It deactivates SMART mode. The vehicle drives, as the driver manually moves the shift lever.
· The cruise control is activated :
either extremely low or extremely high :
The SMART mode can be active in most of the normal driving situations. However, an extremely high/ low transmission oil temperature may temporarily deactivate the SMART mode, because the transmission condition is out of normal operation condition.
mode
Select the Trip Computer mode ( ) on the instrument cluster LCD display and move to the smart shift screen. Then, the driver can see the drive mode selected and the drive mode which is automatically switched by the SMART mode.
The cruise control system may
deactivate the SMART mode when
the vehicle is controlled by the set speed of the smart cruise control
5
system. (SMART mode is not
deactivated just by activating the
cruise control system.)
OIK047179N
The drive mode selected by the driver (1) and the driving style gauge (2) showing the driver's driving style are displayed on the screen.
Driving your vehicle
5-53
Driving your vehicle
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM
The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or help detect a pedestrian in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system:
· This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
· NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering.
· Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. The Forward CollisionAvoidance system may not always stop the vehicle completely and is only intended to help mitigate a collision that is imminent.
System Setting and Activation System setting
OTMA058186
· The driver can activate the FCA by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting: `User Settings Driver Assistance Forward Safety' - If you select "Active Assist", the FCA system activates. The FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.
5-54
- If you select "Warning Only", the
The options for the initial Forward
FCA system activates and pro-
Collision Warning includes the fol-
duces only warning alarms in
lowing:
accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the
- Normal :
brake directly because the FCA
When this condition is selected,
system do not control the brake.
the initial Forward Collision
- If you select "Off", the FCA system deactivates,
·
The warning light illu-
minates on the LCD
display, when you can-
cel the FCA system.
The driver can monitor the FCA
ON/OFF status on the LCD dis-
OTMA058089
· The driver can select the initial warning activation time on the LCD display.
Warning is activated sensitively. If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to 'Later'.
Even though, 'Normal' is selected if
the front vehicle suddenly stops
the initial warning activation time may not seem fast.
5
play. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off. If the warning light remains ON
Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Warning Timing Normal/Later'.
when the FCA is activated, have
the system checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
Driving your vehicle
5-55
Driving your vehicle
- Later :
When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle or pedestrian ahead before the initial warning occurs.
Select 'Later' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.
i Information
If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.
Prerequisite for activation
The FCA system is on and ready when FCA is selected on the LCD display and when the following prerequisites are satisfied:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is on.
- Driving speed exceeds approximately 6mph (10km/h) (The FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.).
- The system detects a pedestrian or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. (The FCA may not be activated or may sound a warning alarm in accordance with the driving situation or vehicle condition.)
WARNING
· Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate /deactivate the FCA system.
· The FCA automatically activates upon placing the ignition switch to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling the system setting on the LCD display.
· The FCA automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is canceled, the FCA cannot be activated on the LCD display. The FCA warning light will illuminate which is normal.
5-56
FCA Warning Message and System Control
The FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels, such as abrupt stopping of the vehicle in front, insufficient braking distance, or pedestrian detection. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.
Collision Warning (First warning)
Emergency Braking (Second warning)
Driving your vehicle
The driver can select the initial warn-
ing activation time in the User
OTM058047L
Settings in the LCD display. The This warning message appears on
OTM058048L
5
options for the initial Forward Collision the LCD display with a warning This warning message appears on
Warning include Early or Later initial chime. Additionally, some vehicle the LCD display with a warning
warning time.
system intervention occurs by the chime.
engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. - Your vehicle speed may decelerate
moderately.
Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle.
- The FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision.
- The FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision. The brake
- If you select "Warning Only", the control is maximized just before a
FCA system activates and pro- collision.
duces only warning alarms in
accordance with the collision risk
levels. You should control the brake
directly because the FCA system
do not control the brake.
5-57
Driving your vehicle
- If you select "Warning Only", the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system do not control the brake.
Brake operation
· In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the driver's depressing the brake pedal.
· The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal.
· The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.
· The FCA braking control is automatically canceled, when risk factors disappear.
CAUTION
· The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from the FCA system.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system warning may not sound.
5-58
WARNING
The FCA braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.
WARNING
The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.
FCA Sensor (Front Radar/Front Camera)
Front radar
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the sensor cover or sensor may adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor.
NOTICE
· Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
· If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the sensor, the FCA system may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.
· Always keep the sensor and
OTMA058028 cover clean and free of dirt and
5
Front camera
debris.
Driving your vehicle
· Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
· Be careful not to apply unneces-
sary force on the sensor or sen-
sor cover. If the sensor is
forcibly moved out of proper
alignment, the FCA system may
not operate correctly. In this
OTMA058029 case, a warning message may
In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the sensor cover or sensor is clean and
not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
free of dirt, snow, and debris.
5-59
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
· NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
· NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.
· Pay extreme caution to keep the camera out of water.
· NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the system warning sounds.
i Information
Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:
· The windshield glass is replaced.
· The radar sensor or cover gets damaged or replaced.
Warning message and warning light
OTMA058049
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Radar blocked When the sensor cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor cover before operating the FCA system.
However, the FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected or the camera is blocked with dirt, snow or debris after turning ON the engine.
Also, even though a warning message does not appear on the LCD display, the FCA may not properly operate.
5-60
System Malfunction
OIK057091L
Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system · When the FCA is not working
properly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. · The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light.
WARNING
· The FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed.
· In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, the FCA system may activate prematurely. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime.
Also, in certain instances the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle or pedestrian ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the warning message will not be displayed.
· If there is a malfunction with the FCA system, the Forward Collision avoidance assist system is not applied even though the braking system is operating normally.
· If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
· The FCA system may activate during braking and the vehi-
5
cle may stop suddenly shift-
ing loose objects toward the
passengers. Always keep
loose objects secured.
· The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a collision.
· The brake control may not work, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution.
5-61
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
· The FCA system may not activate according to the road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions.
· Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution.
· The FCA system does not detect all vehicles.
WARNING
· The FCA system operates only to help detect vehicles or pedestrians in front of the vehicle.
· The FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.
· The FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.
· The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
5-62
· The FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.
· The FCA system cannot detect the driver approaching the side view of a parked vehicle (for example on a dead end street).
In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
Limitations of the System
The Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to monitor the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian on the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
In certain situations, the radar sensor or the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle or pedestrian ahead. In these cases, the FCA system may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation may be limited.
Detecting vehicles
The sensor may be limited when:
· The radar sensor or camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris
· Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera
· There is interference by electromagnetic waves
· The vehicle is on unpaved or · The vehicle drives inside a building, · The windshield glass is fogged up; a
uneven rough surfaces, or road such as a basement parking lot
clear view of the road is obstructed
with sudden gradient changes.
· The adverse road conditions · The radar/camera sensor recogni-
· The vehicle drives through a con- cause excessive vehicle vibrations tion is limited
struction area, on an unpaved road, or above metal materials, such as a railway
while driving
· You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles
· The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible (for example, the vehicle is spinning or the
· The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motorcycle or a bicycle, etc.)
· The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or
vehicle is overturned)
· There is severe irregular reflection from the radar sensor
· The camera's field of view is not
stuck of foreign matter (sticker, · The sensor recognition changes
well illuminated (either too dark or bug, etc.) on the glass
suddenly when passing over a
too much reflection or too much · The camera is damaged.
speed bump
backlight that obscures the field of view)
· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are
· The vehicle in front is driving erratically
5
· The camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front.
not on at night or the vehicle is · The vehicle in front is moving ver-
going through a tunnel.
tically to the driving direction
· The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)
· Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road
· The field of view in front is obstruct-
· The vehicle in front is stopped vertically
· The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing
· The vehicle in front does not have
ed by sun glare
rear lights or the rear lights are not turned ON or the rear lights are located unusually.
· The shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc.
· The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when enter-
· The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
ing or exiting a tunnel
Driving your vehicle
5-63
Driving your vehicle
OTM058117
- Driving on a curve The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be limited when driving on a curved road. The front camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle or pedestrian traveling in front on a curved road. This may result in no alarm and braking when necessary. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
5-64
OTM058073
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may recognize a vehicle or pedestrian in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OTM058118
- Driving on a slope
The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be decreased while driving upward or downward on a slope. The front camera recognition may not detect the vehicle or pedestrian in front. This may result in unnecessary alarm and braking or no alarm and braking when necessary.
When the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle or pedestrian in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.
Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
Driving your vehicle
OTM058074
OTM058119
OTM058030
- Changing lanes
When driving in stop-and-go traffic, - Detecting the vehicle in front of you
When a vehicle changes lanes in and a stopped vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo front of you, the FCA system may not merges out of the lane, the FCA sys- that extends rearward from the cab,
5
immediately detect the vehicle, espe- tem may not immediately detect the or when the vehicle in front of you
cially if the vehicle changes lanes new vehicle that is now in front of has higher ground clearance, addi-
abruptly. In this case, you must main- you. In this case, you must maintain tional special attention is required.
tain a safe braking distance, and if a safe braking distance, and if nec- The FCA system may not be able to
necessary, depress the brake pedal essary, depress the brake pedal to detect the cargo extending from the
to reduce your driving speed in order reduce your driving speed in order to vehicle. In these instances, you must
to maintain a safe distance.
maintain a safe distance.
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
5-65
Driving your vehicle
Detecting pedestrians The sensor may be limited when:
· The pedestrian is not fully detected by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright
· The pedestrian is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the camera detection area
· The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the camera recognition system
· The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night)
· It is difficult to detect and distinguish the pedestrian from other objects in the surroundings, for example, when there is a group of pedestrians or a large crowd
· There is an item similar to a person's body structure
· The pedestrian is small
· The pedestrian has impaired mobility
· The radar sensor or camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris
· The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or piece of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel
· Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera
· When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
· The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump
· You are on a roundabout
5-66
i Information
WARNING
· The FCA system is designed
In some instances, the FCA system
to help detect and monitor the
may be canceled when subjected to · Do not use the Forward
vehicle ahead to help detect a
electromagnetic interference.
Collision Avoidance Assist
pedestrian in the roadway
(FCA) system when towing a
through radar signals and
i Information
vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may
camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles,
This device complies with Part 15 of
adversely affect the safety of
motorcycles, or smaller
the FCC rules.
your vehicle or the towing
wheeled objects such as lug-
Operation is subject to the following
vehicle.
gage bags, shopping carts, or
two conditions:
· Use extreme caution when the
strollers.
1. This device may not cause harmful
vehicle in front of you has
· Never try to test the operation
interference.
cargo that extends rearward
of the FCA system. Doing so
2. This device must accept any inter-
from the cab, or when the
may cause severe injury or
5
ference received, including inter-
vehicle in front of you has
death.
ference that may cause undesired
higher ground clearance.
operation.
· Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may operate
when an object, which has
similar shape or characteris-
tic to a vehicle or pedestrian,
is detected.
Driving your vehicle
5-67
Driving your vehicle
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING/BLIND-SPOT COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (IF EQUIPPED)
System Description
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
2) Closing at high speed
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver of an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area.
1) Blind-Spot Area
OTM058120L
The blind spot detection range varies relative to vehicle speed.
Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur.
OTM058121L
The Lane Change Assist feature will alert you when a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert.
OTM058108
The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system helps detect the front lane through the camera installed on the upper front windshield and helps detect the side/rear areas through radar sensors.
The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist system may activate the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in accordance with a colliding possibility with an approaching vehicle while changing lanes. It is to help the colliding risk or mitigate the colliding damage.
5-68
WARNING
· Always be aware of road con-
ditions while driving and be
alert for unexpected situa-
tions even though the Blind-
Spot Collision Warning sys-
tem and Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist system are
operating.
· The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system and
Blind-Spot
Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys-
tem are supplemental sys-
tems to assist you. Do not
entirely rely on the systems.
Always pay attention, while
driving, for your safety.
· The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system and
Blind-Spot
Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys-
tem are not substitutes for
proper and safe driving.
Always drive safely and use
caution when changing lanes
or backing up the vehicle.
The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system and
Blind-Spot
Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys-
tem may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
System Setting and Activation System setting
OTMA058088
5
· The driver can activate the system by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting 'User Settings Driver Assistance Blind-Spot Safety'
- BCA and BCW turn on and are ready to be activated when 'Active Assist' is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area a warning sounds or braking power is applied.
5-69
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
- BCW turns on and is ready to be activated when 'Warning Only' is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area a warning sounds but braking is not applied.
- The system is deactivated and the indicator on the BCW/BCA button is turned off when 'Off' is selected.
· If the engine is turned off then on again, the system maintains the previous state.
OTM058031
· If you press the BCW/BCA switch while 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only' is selected the indicator on the switch will turn off and the system will deactivate.
· If you press the BCW/BCA switch while the system is canceled the indicator on the button illuminates and the system activates. In this case, the system returns to the state before the engine was turned off.
When the system is initially turned on and when the engine is turned off then on again while the system is in activation, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outer side view mirror.
OTMA058089
· The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User Settings Driver Assistance Warning Timing'.
5-70
· The options for the initial Blind-
Operating Conditions
Spot Collision Warning includes the following:
The system enters the ready status, when 'Active Assist' or 'Warning
- Normal:
Only' is selected and the following
When this condition is selected,
conditions are satisfied:
the initial Blind-Spot Collision
· Active Assist
Warning is activated normally. If
1) The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
this setting feels sensitive,
Assist system will activate when :
change the option to 'Later'.
- Vehicle speed is between 40
The warning activation time may
mph and 110 mph (60 km/h and
feel late if a vehicle at the side or rear abruptly accelerates.
- Later:
Select this warning activation
OTMA058094
· The driver can select the warning volume of Blind-Spot Collision Warning in the User Settings in the
180 km/h).
- The system detects both of the
lane lines.
5
- An approaching vehicle is detect-
time when the traffic is light and LCD display by selecting 'User
ed next to or behind your vehicle.
you are driving in a low speed.
Settings Driver Assistance 2) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Warning Volume High/Medium/
system will activate when :
i Information
Low'.
The vehicle speed is above
If you change the warning timing, the
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
warning time of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 3.
i Information
· Warning Only
1) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning system will activate when :
- The vehicle speed is approxi-
If you change the warning volume, the
mately 20 mph (30 km/h).
warning volume of other systems may The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
change. Always be aware before
Assist system is not activated.
changing the warning volume.
Driving your vehicle
5-71
Driving your vehicle
Warning and System Control Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system
Left side
Left side
Right side
Right side
OTM058033
First stage alert If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system, a warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror and the head up display (if equipped). Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
OTM058034
OTM058035
[A] : Warning sound
Second stage alert
A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system AND.
2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected).
When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outer side view mirror and the head up display (if equipped) will also blink. And a warning chime will sound.
If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deactivated.
Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
5-72
WARNING
· The warning light on the outer side view mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system.
To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle.
· Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up.
· The system may not alert the driver in some conditions so always check your surroundings while driving.
CAUTION
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
· The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not the warning light on the outer side view mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.
· Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may offset
the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system warning
sounds. · If any other warning sound
OTM058084L/OTM058083L
5
such as seat belt warning The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
chime is already generated, Assist (BCA) system may apply brak-
the Blind-Spot Collision ing power, when an approaching
Warning (BCW) system warn- vehicle is detected within a certain
ing may not sound.
distance next to or behind your vehi-
cle.
It gently applies braking power on the tire, which is located in the opposite side of the possibly-colliding point. The instrument cluster will inform the driver of the system activation.
Driving your vehicle
5-73
Driving your vehicle
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system is automatically deactivated when:
- The vehicle drives a certain distance away
- The vehicle direction is changed against the possible-colliding point
- The steering wheel is abruptly moved
- The brake pedal is depressed
- After a certain period of time
The driver should drive the vehicle in the middle of the vehicle lanes to keep the system in the ready status.
When the vehicle drives too close to one side of the vehicle lanes, the system may not properly operate.
In addition, the system may not properly control your vehicle in accordance with driving situations. Thus, always pay close attention to road situations.
WARNING
· The driver is responsible for accurate steering.
· Do not unnecessarily operate the steering wheel, when the Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist System is in operation.
· Always pay extreme caution while driving. The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist system may not operate or unnecessarily operate in accordance with your driving situations.
· The Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
Detecting Sensor (Camera and Radar)
Front camera
Rear radar
OTMA058029
OTMA059036
5-74
Front camera
The front camera is a sensor detecting the lane. If the sensor is covered with snow, rain or foreign substance, the system may temporarily be canceled. The system is canceled due to the degradation of the sensor's detection performance. Always keep the sensor clean.
* Refer to Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System for cautions for the front camera sensor.
Rear radar
The rear radars are the sensors inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.
CAUTION
· The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
· The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane.
· The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves.
· Always keep the sensors clean.
· NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the sensor component nor apply any impact on the sensor component.
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not apply foreign objects
such as a bumper sticker or a
bumper guard near the radar
sensor or apply paint to the
5
sensor area. Doing so may
adversely affect the perform-
ance of the sensor.
· NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
· Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water.
· NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the crash pad. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.
5-75
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Warning message
OIK057092L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked This warning message may appear when : - One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. - When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW/BCA switch and the system will turn off automatically.
When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed, the system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
Turn off the BCW, BCA and RCCW system when a trailer or carrier is installed.
- Press the BCW/BCA switch (the indicator on the switch will turn off)
- Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting
'User Settings Driver Assistance Blind-Spot Safety Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning' (if equipped)
5-76
Limitations of the System
The driver must be cautious in the below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances.
· When a trailer or carrier is installed.
· The vehicle driven in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
OTM058151L
OTM058087L · The sensor is polluted with rain,
Check Blind-Spot Collision
Check Blind-Spot Collision-
snow, mud, etc.
Warning (BCW) system
Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
· The rear bumper where the sensor
If there is a problem with the BCW If there is a problem with the BCA is located is covered with a foreign
5
system, a warning message will system, a warning message will object such as a bumper sticker, a
appear and the light on the switch appear. The system will turn off auto- bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
will turn off. The system will turn off matically. BCW will still operate even · The rear bumper is damaged, or
automatically. BCA will not operate if the BCA system turns off due to the sensor is out of the original
also if the BCW system turns off due malfunction. Have your vehicle default position.
to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI · The vehicle height gets lower or
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to use BCA system.
higher due to heavy loading in a
dealer.
trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
· When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.
· When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.
Driving your vehicle
5-77
Driving your vehicle
· The vehicle driven on a curved road.
· The vehicle driven through a tollgate.
· The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction).
· There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.
· While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.
· Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.
· Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle or structure for an extended period of time.
· Driving on a wet road.
· Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
· A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
· When the other vehicle approaches very close.
· When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
· While changing lanes.
· If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
· When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.
· A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
· A flat trailer is near.
· If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
· If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
· The brake pedal is depressed.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) malfunctions.
· The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged.
· The brake is reworked.
· The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction.
· The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.
· The vehicle sharply stops.
· Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle.
· The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch.
· The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
· The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) or Lane Departure Warning (LDW) do not operate normally. (if equipped)
For more information refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in this chapter.
5-78
Driving your vehicle
OTM058109
OTM058110
OTM058111
· Driving on a curve
The BCW and BCA systems may not · Driving where the road is merg-
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a ing/dividing operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances, the The BCW and BCA systems may not
5
curved road. In certain instances, the system may recognize a vehicle in operate properly when driving where
system may not detect the vehicle in the same lane.
the road is merging/dividing. In cer-
the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and tain instances, the system may not
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
driving conditions, while driving.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
5-79
Driving your vehicle
OTM058112
· Driving on a slope
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a slope. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Also, in certain instances, the system may recognize the ground or structures.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OTM058113
· Driving where the heights of the lanes are different
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different.
In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (i.e. underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OTM058114L
[A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail
· Driving where there is a structure beside the road
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving where there is structure beside the road.
In certain instances, the system may recognize the structures (i.e. noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside the road.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
5-80
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
5
5-81
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) / REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISIONAVOIDANCE ASSIST (RCCA)
System Description Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system
OTM058092
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system uses radar sensors to monitor the approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse. The blind spot detection range varies relative to the approaching vehicle speed.
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist (RCCA) system
The Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist (RCCA) system monitors approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse.
The Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist (RCCA) system may activate the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in accordance with a possible collision with an approaching vehicle. It is to lower the possible collision risk or mitigate the possible collision damage.
WARNING
· Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist system are operating.
· The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist system are supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.
· The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist system are not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when backing up the vehicle.
5-82
System Setting and Activation System setting
· When the system is initially turned on and when the engine is turned off then on again, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outer side view mirror.
Driving your vehicle
OTMA058095
· The driver can activate the systems by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting 'User Settings Driver Assistance Blind-Spot Safety Rear Cross-Traffic Safety'. The RCCA and RCCW turn on and get ready to be activated when 'Rear CrossTraffic Safety' is selected.
· When the engine is turned off then on again, the systems are always ready to be activated.
OTMA058089
The driver can select the initial warn-
ing activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display by
5
selecting 'User Settings Driver
Assistance Warning Timing'. The
options for the initial Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision Warning includes the
following:
5-83
Driving your vehicle
- Normal:
When this condition is selected, the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option to 'Later'.
The warning activation time may feel late if the a vehicle at the side or rear abruptly accelerates.
- Later:
Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving in a low speed.
i Information
If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.
OTMA058094
The driver can select the warning volume of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning by selecting 'User Settings Driver Assistance Warning Volume High/Medium/ Low'.
i Information
If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning volume.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 3.
Operating conditions
To operate:
Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Blind-Spot Safety Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' on the LCD display. The system will turn on and standby to activate.
The system will activate when vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R (Reverse).
* The system will not activate when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h). The system will activate again when the speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).
The system's detecting range is approximately 1 65 ft. (0.5 20 m). An approaching vehicle will be detected if the vehicle speed is within 5 22.5 mph (8 36 km/h).
Note that the detecting range may vary under certain conditions. As always, use caution and pay close attention to your surroundings when backing up your vehicle.
5-84
Warning and System Control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system
Left
Right
Left
OTM058096
Right
If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will blink and a warning will appear on the LCD display. If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a warning will also appear on the audio or AVN screen.
The warning will stop when:
- the detected vehicle moves out of
OTM058097
the sensing area or
5
- when the vehicle is right behind
your vehicle or
- when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or
- when the other vehicle slows down.
Driving your vehicle
OTM058098L
OTM058099L
5-85
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system
Left
Right
Left
OTM058085L
Right
OTM058086L
If the risk of collision is detected while the RCCW is generated, brake is controlled. The instrument cluster will inform the driver of the brake control. If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a message will also appear on the audio or AVN screen.
After the brake control, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings.
- The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
The driver must pay attention as the brake is disengaged after 2 seconds.
- The brake control by the system is canceled if the driver depresses the brake pedal with sufficient power.
- Brake control is activated once for each right/left approach after shifting the shift lever to R (Reverse).
OTM058098L
OTM058099L
5-86
The brake control may not operate properly according to the status of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). The same warning message is displayed on the instrument cluster for this case also.
- When the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light is on.
- When the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is engaged in a different function.
· The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not the warning light on the outer side view mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the system's warning sounds.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning
· The driver is responsible for accurate brake control.
· Always pay extreme caution while driving. The Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist system may not operate properly or unnecessarily operate in accordance with your driving situations.
chime is already generated, · The Rear Cross-Traffic
CAUTION
the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system warning may
Collision-Avoidance Assist
system is not a substitute for
5
· When the operation condition
not sound.
safe driving practices, but a
of the Rear Cross-Traffic
convenience function only. It
Collision Warning system is
is the responsibility of the
satisfied, the warning will occur every time a vehicle
WARNING
driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected
approaches the side or rear of your stopped (0 mph vehicle speed) vehicle.
· Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
· The system's warning may
Warning system and Rear
not operate properly if the left
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
or right of your vehicle's rear
Assist system. Do not solely
bumper is blocked by a vehi-
rely on the system but check
cle or obstacle.
your surrounding when back-
ing the vehicle up.
Driving your vehicle
5-87
Driving your vehicle
Detecting Sensor
OTMA059036
The rear radars are the sensors inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.
CAUTION · The system may not work
properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. · The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves. 5-88
· Always keep the sensors clean.
· NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the sensor component nor apply any impact on the sensor component.
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor.
Warning message
OIK057092L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked This warning message may appear when: - One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. - When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
If any of these conditions occur, the
Limitations of the System
light on the BCW/BCA switch and the system will turn off automatically.
When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere
The driver must be cautious in the below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances.
· When a trailer or carrier is installed.
· The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
with the radar sensors.
· The sensor is polluted with rain,
After any dirt or debris is removed,
OTM058151L
snow, mud, etc.
the system should operate normally Check Blind-Spot Collision
· The rear bumper where the sensor
after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
Warning (BCW) system
If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will
is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a
5
bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
normally have your vehicle inspected appear and the light on the switch · The rear bumper is damaged, or
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. will turn off. The system will turn off the sensor is out of the original
automatically. RCCW and RCCA will default position.
i Information
Turn off the BCW and RCCW system when a trailer or carrier is installed.
- Press the BCW/BCA switch (the indicator on the switch will turn off)
- Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting `User Settings Driver Assistance Blind-Spot Safety
not operate also if the BCW system turns off due to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
· When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.
· When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.
· The vehicle drives on a curved road.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning'
Driving your vehicle
5-89
Driving your vehicle
· The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction).
· There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.
· While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.
· Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.
· Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
· Driving on a wet road.
· Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
· A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
· When the other vehicle approaches very close.
· When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
· While changing lanes.
· If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
5-90
· When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.
· A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
· A flat trailer is near.
· If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
· If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
· The brake pedal is depressed.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) malfunctions.
· The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged.
· The brake is reworked.
· The vehicle sharply stops.
· Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle.
· The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven/ bumpy road, or concrete patch.
· The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
OTM058102L
[A] : Structure
· Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near
The system may not operate properly when driving where there is a vehicle or structure near.
In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from behind and the warning or brake may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
Driving your vehicle
OTM058103
OTM058104L
OTM058105
· When the vehicle is in a complex [A] : Vehicle
· When the vehicle is on/near a
parking environment
· When the vehicle is parked diago- slope
5
The system may not operate prop- nally
The system may not operate proper-
erly when the vehicle is in a com- The system may not operate proper- ly when the vehicle is on/near a
plex parking environment.
ly when the vehicle is parked diago- slope.
In certain instances, the system nally.
In certain instances, the system may
may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.).
If this occurs, the warning or brake
In certain instances, when the diagonally parked vehicle is pulled out of the parking space, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right of your vehicle. In this case, the warning or brake may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right and the warning or brake may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
may not operate properly.
5-91
Driving your vehicle
OTM058106L
[A] : Structure, [B] : Wall
· Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure
The system may not operate properly when pulling in the vehicle to the parking space where there is a structure at the back or side of your vehicle.
In certain instances, when backing into the parking space, the system may not detect the vehicle moving in front of your vehicle. In this case, the warning or brake may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.
OTM058107
· When the vehicle is parked rearward
If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects the another vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, the system can warn or control braking. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
5-92
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surrounding and steer the vehicle.
OTMA058029
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a counter-steering torque, to try to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system:
· Do not steer the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
· LKA system helps to prevent the driver from moving out of the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane.
· The operation of the LKA system can be canceled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving.
· Do not disassemble the LKA
system camera temporarily to
tint the window or attach any
types of coatings and acces-
sories. If you disassemble the
camera and assemble it again,
take your vehicle to an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer and
5
have the system checked for
calibration.
· When you replace the windshield glass, LKA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.
· The system detects lane lines and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane lines are hard to detect, the system may not work properly.
5-93
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Please refer to "Limitations of the system".
· Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA system.
· You may not hear a warning sound of LKA system because of excessive audio sound.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning may not sound.
· Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunction if the sunlight is reflected.
· Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKA system is activated. Also, when Active LKA is selected from the User Settings mode and if you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steering wheel" warning message appears, the system will stop controlling the steering wheel.
5-94
However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.
· The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher speed when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be able to be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system.
· If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LKA system.
· When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LKA system.
LKA System Operation
OTM058043
To activate/deactivate the LKA system: With the ignition switch in the ON position, press the LKA system switch located on the instrument panel on the left hand side of the steering wheel. The indicator in the cluster display will initially illuminate white. This indicates the LKA system is in the READY but NOT ENABLED state. If you press the LKA button again, the indicator on the switch and cluster display will go off.
Note that the vehicle speed must be at least approximately 40 mph (64 km/h) to ENABLE the LKA system. The indicator in the cluster display will illuminate green.
The color of indicator will change depending on the condition of LKA system.
LKA system activation
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is a system to help prevent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always check the road conditions when driving.
- White : Sensor does not detect
lane markers or vehicle
speed is under 40 mph (64
km/h).
OTM058064L
- Green : Sensor detects lane mark- · To see the LKA system screen on
5
ers and the system is able the LCD display in the cluster,
to control vehicle steering. select Assist mode ( ). For more
details, refer to "LCD Display
i Information
Modes" in chapter 3.
If the indicator (white) is activated from the previous ignition cycle, the system will turn ON without any additional control. If you press the LKA switch again, the indicator on the cluster goes off.
Driving your vehicle
5-95
Driving your vehicle
Lane marker undetected Lane marker detected
OTM058064L/OTM058065L
· If vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and the system detects lane markers, the color changes from gray to white.
· Both lane markers must be detected for the system to fully activate.
· If your vehicle departs from the projected lane in front of you, the LKA system operates as follows:
Left lane marker
Right lane marker
OTM058066L/OTM058067L
1. A visual warning appears on the cluster LCD display. Either the left lane marker or the right lane marker in the cluster LCD display will blink depending on which direction the vehicle is veering. Also, a warning sound will be heard.
2. The LKA system will control the vehicle's steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane maker in below conditions.
- Vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h)
- The system detects both lane markers
- When driving, the vehicle is located between both lanes normally.
- The steering wheel is not turned suddenly.
When lanes are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKA system are satisfied, a LKA system indicator light ( ) will change from white to green. This indicates that the LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will be able to be controlled.
5-96
Warning Light and Message Keep hands on steering wheel
WARNING
The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
Driver's grasp not detected. LKA system will be disabled temporarily
Driving your vehicle
OIK057119L
If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the LKA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.
i Information
If the steering wheel is held very lightly, the message may still appear because the LKA system may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the wheel.
5
OIK057120N
If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.
This warning message is available when Active LKA is selected from the User Settings mode.
5-97
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
· The driver is responsible for accurate steering.
· Turn off the system in below situations. - In bad weather - In bad road condition - When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently.
i Information
· Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver can still steer to control the steering wheel.
· The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.
Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
Type A
Type B
OIK057121N/OIK057122N
If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the LKA system failure indicator will illuminate.
LKA system failure indicator
The LKA system failure indicator (yellow) will illuminate if the LKA system is not working properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When there is a problem with the system do one of the following:
· Turn the system on after turning the engine off and on again.
· Check if the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Check if the system is affected by the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.)
· Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens.
If the problem is not solved, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-98
The LKA system will not be in the · Radius of a curve is too small.
· The lane marker is merged or
ENABLED state and/or the steering · The vehicle is driven on a steep divided. (e.g. tollgate)
wheel will not be assisted when:
incline.
· The lane number increases or
· The turn signal is turned on before · The steering wheel is turned sud- decreases or the lane marker are
changing a lane. If you change denly.
crossing complicatedly.
lanes without the turn signal on, the
· There are more than two lane
steering wheel might be controlled. · The vehicle is not driven in the mid- Limitations of the System
markers on the road in front of you. · The lane marker is very thick or
dle of the lane when the system is The LKA system may operate pre- thin.
turned on or right after changing a lane.
maturely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR,
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.
the LKA system may not warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances:
· The lane marker ahead is not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors.
5
· The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
When the lane and road conditions are poor
· The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, guardrail,
· Vehicle speed is below 35 mph · It is difficult to distinguish the lane noise barriers, etc.
(56 km/h) and over 110 mph (177 km/h).
· The vehicle makes sharp lane
marker from the road because the lane marker is covered with dust or sand.
· The lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area.
changes. · The vehicle brakes suddenly.
· It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road.
· There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· There are more than two lane lines on the road. (e.g. construction area)
· Only one side of the lane marker is detected.
· There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· The lane marker is indistinct or damaged.
· The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc.
· The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.
Driving your vehicle
5-99
Driving your vehicle
When external condition is intervened
· The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge.
· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
· There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare.
· There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker.
· Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road.
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.
· The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc.
When front visibility is poor
· The windshield or the camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris.
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed.
· Placing objects on the dashboard, etc.
· The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
5-100
LKA System Function Change
The driver can change LKA to Lane Departure Warning from the LCD display. Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Lane Safety Active LKA/Standard LKA/Lane Departure Warning.
Active LKA The Active LKA mode provides more frequent steering wheel control in comparison with the Standard LKA mode.
Standard LKA
This mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate out of the lane.
Lane Departure Warning
LDW system alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm when the system detects the vehicle departing the lane. The steering wheel will not be controlled.
Off
If you select "Off", the LKA system is deactivated.
5
5-101
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system is designed as a safety feature to help reduce drowsy or inattentive driving. The DAW displays a bar graph that is intended to represent the driver's attention and fatigue level while driving.
· The driver can select the mode of the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system.
- High sensitivity : The Driver Attention Warning system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices faster than Normal mode.
Driver's attention level
System off
System Setting and Activation
System setting
· To turn ON the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system, turn on the engine, and then select 'User Settings Driver Assistance Driver Attention Warning High sensitivity/Normal sensitivity'
- Normal sensitivity : The Driver Attention Warning system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices.
- Off : The Driver Attention Warning system is deactivated.
· The set-up of the Driver Attention Warning system will be maintained, as selected, when the engine is re-started.
Attentive driving
OIK057129N
OIK057130N
5-102
· When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays 'Last Break time' and level.
Take a break
Resetting the System
· The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system.
· The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system resets in the following situations.
- The engine is turned OFF.
OIK057131N
- The driver unfastens the seat
· The driver can monitor their driving conditions on the LCD display.
The DAW screen will appear when you select the Assist mode tab ( )
belt and then opens the driver's
door. - The vehicle is stopped for more
5
than 10 minutes.
on the LCD display if the system is
· The Driver Attention Warning
activated. For more details, refer to
OIK057132L
(DAW) system operates again,
"LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. · The "Consider taking a break" when the driver restarts driving.
· The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is.
· The number decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.
· The number increases when the driver attentively drives for a certain period of time.
message appears on the LCD display and a warning sounds in order to suggest the driver to take a break, when the driver's attention level is below 1.
· The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system does not suggest the driver to take a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes.
Driving your vehicle
5-103
Driving your vehicle
System Standby
System Malfunction
OIK057133N
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system enters the ready status and displays the 'Standby' screen in the following situations.
- The camera does not detect the lanes.
- Driving speed remains under 40 mph (64 km/h) or over 110 mph (177 km/h).
OIK057134N
Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
When the warning message appears, the system is not working properly. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
· The Driver Attention Warning system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
· The system may suggest a break according to the driver's driving pattern or habits even if the driver doesn't feel fatigue.
· The driver, who feels fatigued, should take a break, even though there is no break suggestion by the Driver Attention Warning system.
5-104
NOTICE
CAUTION
· The vehicle drives on a bumpy
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
road.
tem utilizes the camera sensor on The Driver Attention Warning
· The vehicle drives through a
the front windshield for its opera- (DAW) system may not properly
windy area.
tion. To keep the camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings:
operate with limited alerting in the following situations:
· The lane detection perform-
· The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist systems:
· Do not disassemble the camera temporarily to tint the window or to attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble a camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
ance is limited. (For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in this chapter.)
· The vehicle is violently driven or is abruptly turned for obstacle avoidance (e.g. construc-
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
system
5
have the system checked for cal-
tion area, other vehicles, fallen
ibration.
objects, bumpy road).
· NEVER install any accessories · Forward drivability of the vehi-
CAUTION
or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
· NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
cle is severely undermined (possibly due to wide variation in tire pressures, uneven tire wear-out, toe-in/toe-out alignment).
Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning sounds.
over the dashboard. Any light · The vehicle drives on a curvy
reflection may cause a malfunc-
road.
tion of the Driver Attention Alert
(DAW) system.
· Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water.
Driving your vehicle
5-105
Driving your vehicle
SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The Smart Cruise Control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain constant speed and minimum distance between the vehicle ahead.
Smart Cruise Control Switch
The Smart Cruise Control system will automatically adjust your vehicle speed to maintain your programmed speed and following distance without requiring you to depress the accelerator or brake pedals.
OTM058054E
Cruise indicator Set speed Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
To see the SCC screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Assist mode ( ). For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
WARNING
For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control system.
WARNING
The Smart Cruise Control system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead.
OTM058149L
CRUISE: Turns cruise control system on or off.
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed.
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
CANCEL: Cancels cruise control operation.
5-106
Smart Cruise Control Speed
To set Smart Cruise Control speed
i Information
· Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope.
· When you are setting the cruise control speed, with a vehicle in front and your vehicle speed is between 0 ~ 20 mph (0 ~ 30 km/h ), the speed will set to 20 mph (30 km/h).
OTM058038
3. Push the toggle switch down
(SET-). The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the
5
OTM058037
LCD display will illuminate.
1. Push the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control speed can be set as follows:
· 6 100 mph (10 - 160 km/h) : when there is no vehicle in front
4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.
· 0 100 mph (0 - 160 km/h) : when there is a vehicle in front
Driving your vehicle
5-107
Driving your vehicle
To increase Smart Cruise Control set speed
CAUTION
Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold the toggle switch.
To decrease the Smart Cruise Control set speed
OTM058039
Follow either of these procedures: · Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner. · Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want. You can set the speed to 100 mph (160 km/h).
5-108
OTM058038
Follow either of these procedures:
· Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner.
· Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.
· You can set the speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
To temporarily accelerate with Smart Cruise Control set speed Canceled automatically
the Smart Cruise Control on
will be temporarily canceled
· The driver's door is opened.
If you want to speed up temporarily when:
· The vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral),
when the Smart Cruise Control is on,
R (Reverse) or P (Park).
depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with Smart Cruise Control operation or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
· The EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is applied.
· The vehicle speed is over 105 mph (170 km/h).
· The vehicle stops on a steep incline.
If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again pedal.
· The ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS is operating.
· The ESC is turned off.
5
CAUTION
OTM058040 · The sensor or the cover is dirty or
Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you.
Canceled manually
· Depressing the brake pedal.
· Pushing the CANCEL button located on the steering wheel.
The Smart Cruise Control turns off temporarily when the Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator on the LCD display turns off.
The cruise indicator is illuminated continuously.
blocked with foreign matter.
· The vehicle is stopped for a certain period of time.
· The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time.
· The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a long period of time.
· The engine performance is abnormal.
· Engine rpm is in the red zone.
Driving your vehicle
5-109
Driving your vehicle
· The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise Control system with no other vehicle ahead.
· The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front.
· The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) is activated.
i Information
If the Smart Cruise Control is canceled by other than the reasons mentioned, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
To resume Smart Cruise Control set speed
If any method other than the cruise toggle switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-).
If you push the toggle switch up (RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops below 20 mph (30 km/h), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle.
Each of these actions will cancel the Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will go off. In a condition the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically, the Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed.
5-110
OIK057096N
Smart Cruise Control canceled
If the system is cancelled, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.
Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime.
CAUTION
Always check the road conditions when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) to resume speed.
To turn Cruise Control off
Smart Cruise Control Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
Distance 1
For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance is maintained as follows:
OTM058037
· Push the CRUISE button (the
Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet
Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet 5
cruise indicator light will go off).
Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet
If you wish not to use the cruise control system, always turn the system off by pushing the CRUISE button.
OTM058041
When the Smart Cruise Control system is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle ahead of you without pressing the accelerator or brake pedal.
Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet
i Information
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after starting the engine.
Driving your vehicle
5-111
Driving your vehicle
When the lane ahead is clear:
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:
WARNING
Distance 4
Distance 3
OIK057104N
The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.
Distance 2
Distance 1
OTM048124R/OTM058056E/ OTM058057E/OTM058058E
· Your vehicle speed will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance.
· If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed.
· If distance from the front vehicle has changed due to accelerating or decelerating of the front vehicle, the distance on the LCD display may change.
OTM058047L
When using the Smart Cruise Control system:
· The warning message appears and warning chime sounds if the vehicle is unable to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead.
· If the warning message appears and warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal or use the steering wheel toggle switch to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead.
5-112
· Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the system warning sounds.
CAUTION
In traffic situation
OTM058060L
OIK057107L
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 20 mph (30
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
5
km/h)) disappears to the next · In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
lane, the warning chime will
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
sound and a message "Watch
the vehicle ahead of you starts
for surrounding vehicles" will
moving, your vehicle will start as
appear. Adjust your vehicle
well. However, if the vehicle stops
speed for vehicles or objects
for more than 3 seconds, you must
that can suddenly appear in
depress the accelerator pedal or
front of you by depressing the
push up the toggle switch (RES+)
brake pedal.
or push down the toggle switch
Always pay attention to the road
(SET-) to start driving.
condition ahead.
Driving your vehicle
5-113
Driving your vehicle
· If you push the smart cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.
5-114
WARNING
Take the following precautions :
· Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit.
· If the Smart Cruise Control is left on, (cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Smart Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control system off (cruise indicator light OFF) when the Smart Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
· Use the Smart Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
· Do not use the Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed.
· Do not use when:
- Driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
- Driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
- Driving on a steep downhill or uphill
- Driving in windy areas
- Driving in parking lots
- Driving near crash barriers
- Driving on a sharp curve
- Driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather, such as fog, snow, rain or sandstorm)
- The vehicle's sensing ability decreases due to vehicle modification, resulting in a level difference of the vehicle's front and rear
· Unexpected situations may lead to possible accidents. Pay attention continuously to road conditions and driving even when the smart cruise control system is being operated.
Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead
Warning message
i Information
For the SCC operation is temporarily stopped if the radar is blocked, but you wish to use conventional cruise control mode (speed only control function), you must convert to the cruise control mode (refer to "To convert to Cruise Control mode" in the following page).
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
OTM058061L · Do not apply license plate
OTMA058028 Smart Cruise Control disabled.
frame or foreign objects such
5
The Smart Cruise Control uses a sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead.
If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly.
Always keep the sensor clean.
Radar blocked
When the sensor lens cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart Cruise Control system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before
as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
· Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris.
· Use only a soft cloth to wash
operating the Smart Cruise Control
the vehicle. Do not spray pres-
system. The Smart Cruise Control
surized water directly on the
system may not properly activate, if
sensor or sensor cover.
the radar is totally contaminated, or if
any substance is not detected after
turning on the engine (e.g. in an
open terrain).
5-115
Driving your vehicle
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.
Type A
Type B
To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control
OIK057109L/OIK057110L
Check Smart Cruise Control System
The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
OIK057097N
The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance SCC Reaction Fast/Normal/Slow' on the LCD display. You may select one of the three stages you prefer.
· Fast:
Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.
5-116
· Normal:
To Convert to Cruise Control
Vehicle speed following the front Mode
WARNING
vehicle to maintain the set distance The driver may choose to switch to
is normal.
use the conventional Cruise Control
When using the conventional Cruise Control mode, you must
· Slow:
mode (speed only control function) manually adjust the distance to
Vehicle speed following the front by following these steps:
other vehicles by depressing
vehicle to maintain the set distance 1. Push the CRUISE button on the the brake pedal. The system
is slower than normal speed.
steering wheel to turn the system does not automatically adjust
on. The cruise (
) indi- the distance to vehicles in front
i Information
cator will illuminate.
of you.
The last selected speed sensitivity of the smart cruise control is remained in the system.
2. Push and hold the Vehicle-toVehicle Distance button for more than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart Cruise
5
Control" and "Cruise Control".
When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE button is used after the engine is turned on, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on.
Driving your vehicle
5-117
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the System
The Smart Cruise Control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.
On curves
OTM058117
· The Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
· Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary.
OTM058073
Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the Smart Cruise Control.
5-118
On inclines
Lane changing
Detecting vehicles
Driving your vehicle
OTM058118
OTM058074
OTM058128
· During uphill or downhill driving, · A vehicle which moves into your Some vehicles in your lane cannot 5
the Smart Cruise Control system lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor:
may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
· Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range.
· The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions.
· If a slower vehicle moves into your lane, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads
ahead.
· If a faster vehicle which moves into your lane, your vehicle will accelerate to the set speed.
5-119
Driving your vehicle
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment
- While the steering wheel is operating
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
OTM058129
· Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
· When you are warned that the vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution.
OTM058119
· When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
5-120
WARNING
When using the Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions:
· If an emergency stop is nec-
essary, you must apply the
brakes. The vehicle cannot be
stopped at every emergency
situation by using the Smart
OTM058124
OTM058030
Cruise Control system.
· Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead.
· Always be cautious for vehicles with higher height or vehicles carrying loads that sticks out from the back of the vehicle.
· Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a
5
serious collision may result.
· Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.
· The Smart Cruise Control system cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
Driving your vehicle
5-121
Driving your vehicle
· Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
· Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
· The Smart Cruise Control system may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
i Information
The Smart Cruise Control system may not operate temporarily due to:
· Electrical interference
· Modifying the suspension
· Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure
· Installing different type of tires
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
5-122
LEADING VEHICLE DEPARTURE ALERT (IF EQUIPPED)
The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert System Setting and Activation System standby
system alerts the driver of the departure of the vehicle in front when the vehicle is stopped and the Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is in activation.
System setting
With the engine ON, the Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system turns on and gets ready to be activated when the 'User Settings Driver
Assistance Driving Assist
Leading vehicle departure alert' is
selected selected in the cluster LCD
display. The system stops operation
when the setting is deactivated.
However, if the engine is turned off
then on again, the system maintains
OIK057107L
the previous state.
While the Smart Cruise Control 5
(SCC) system is in operation, your
vehicle stops behind the vehicle in
front when it stops. The message is
displayed on the cluster within 3 sec-
onds after the stop and the system
will be in the standby position.
Driving your vehicle
5-123
Driving your vehicle System activation
WARNING
Always check the front of the vehicle and road conditions before departure.
OTM058091L
If the driver does not take action for a certain period of time after the vehicle in front departs, the message is displayed on the cluster.
The vehicle departs automatically if the accelerator pedal is depressed or RES + or SET - toggle switch is pushed up or down when there is a vehicle in front.
The Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is deactivated if the accelerator pedal is depressed or RES + or SET - toggle switch is pushed up or down when there is no vehicle in front.
5-124
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous Driving Conditions Rocking the Vehicle When hazardous driving elements If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
WARNING
are encountered such as water, to free it from snow, sand, or mud, If the vehicle is stuck and
snow, ice, mud and sand, take the first turn the steering wheel right and excessive wheel spin occurs,
below suggestions:
left to clear the area around your the temperature in the tires can
· Drive cautiously and keep a longer front wheels. Then, shift back and increase very quickly. If the tires
braking distance.
forth between R (Reverse) and a for- become damaged, a tire blow
· Avoid abrupt braking or steering. ward gear.
out or tire explosion can occur.
· When your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
· Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking
This condition is dangerous you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the
5
WARNING
motion that may free the vehicle.
wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the
Downshifting with an automatic transmission while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an
tires or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).
accident. The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires
to skid. Be careful when down-
shifting on slippery surfaces.
Driving your vehicle
5-125
Driving your vehicle
i Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF before rocking the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the transmission, and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.
Smooth Cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration.
Driving at Night
Night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight. Here are some important tips to remember:
· Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.
· Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlamps.
· Keep your headlamps clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed headlamps will make it much more difficult to see at night.
· Avoid staring directly at the headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or on slick pavement:
· Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop your vehicle.
· Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
· Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.
· Tires should be properly maintained with at least 2/32nds of an inch of tread depth. If your tires do not have enough tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. See "Tire replacement" in chapter 7.
· Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you.
5-126
· Driving too fast through large pud- Driving in Flooded Areas
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
dles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.
· If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.
Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced.
oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less efficient than driving at a slower, more moderate speed. Maintain a moderate speed in order to conserve fuel when driving on the highway.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may
After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Be sure to check both the engine coolant level and the engine oil before driving.
have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.
Highway Driving Tires
Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may
5
overheat the engine.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire replacement " in chapter 7.
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or
adversely affect vehicle handling.
This could lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
Driving your vehicle
i Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.
5-127
Driving your vehicle
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover
Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV). SUV's have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road applications. The specific design characteristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles making them more likely to roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your vehicle with heavy cargo on the roof, and never modify your vehicle in any way.
WARNING
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
· Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
· Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers.
· Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
· Keep tires properly inflated. · Do not carry heavy cargo on
the roof.
5-128
WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
Tire chains
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
rapid acceleration, sudden brake cle, make sure to use radial tires of
applications, and sharp turns are the same size and load range as the
OTM058044
potentially very hazardous practices. original tires. Mount snow tires on all The mounting of some types of tire
5
During deceleration, use engine four wheels to balance your vehicle's chains may cause damage to the
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden handling in all weather conditions. tire. Therefore the use of snow tires
brake applications on snowy or icy The traction provided by snow tires is preferred over the use of tire
roads may cause the vehicle to skid. on dry roads may not be as high as chains.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires.
your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.
If the road and weather conditions require the use of tire chains, be sure to use tire chains that have been
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to i Information
properly selected for the size of tire on your HYUNDAI vehicle.
carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
Be sure to follow the guidelines and installation instructions provided from the tire chain manufacturer.
Driving your vehicle
5-129
Driving your vehicle
Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.
When using tire chains, attach them to the drive wheels as follows.
2WD : Front wheels
AWD : All four wheels
If a full set of chains are not available for an AWD vehicle, chains may be installed on the front wheels only.
WARNING
The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle handling: · Drive less than 20 mph
(30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower. · Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce. · Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking.
i Information
· Install tire chains on both left and right front tires. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
· Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
Chain installation
When installing tire chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tire chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle (if available). Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off the engine before installing snow chains.
5-130
NOTICE
Winter Precautions
Change to "winter weight" oil if
- When using tire chains:
· Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
· Use SAE "S" class or wire chains.
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water
necessary
In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See chapter 8 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If you hear noise caused by pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
chains contacting the body, to replace or replenish your coolant Check battery and cables
retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body.
· To prevent body damage,
in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure
Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described
5
retighten the chains after driving that its freezing point is sufficient for in chapter 7. The level of charge in
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
the temperatures anticipated during your battery can be checked by an
· Do not use tire chains on vehi- the winter.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
cles equipped with aluminum
service station.
wheels. If unavoidable, use a
wire type chain.
· Use wire chains less than 0.59 inch (15 mm) wide to prevent damage to the chain's connection.
Driving your vehicle
5-131
Driving your vehicle
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in chapter 7 and replace them if necessary. Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in any way.
Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of antifreeze as these may damage the paint finish.
Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.
Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.
Don't place foreign objects or materials in the engine compartment
Placement of foreign object or materials which prevent cooling of the engine, in the engine compartment, may cause a failure or combustion. The manufacturer is not responsible for the damage caused by such placement.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
5-132
TRAILER TOWING
If you are considering to tow with your vehicle, you should first check with your state's Department of Motor Vehicles to determine legal require-
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
If you decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer:
ments. Since laws vary from state to · If you don't use the correct · Consider using a sway control. You
state the requirements for towing
towing equipment, or if you
can ask a trailer hitch dealer about
trailers, vehicles, or other types of
drive improperly while towing,
sway control.
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask
you can lose control of the · Do not do any towing with your
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
vehicle when pulling a trailer.
vehicle during its first 1,200 miles
further details before towing.
For example, if the trailer is
(2,000 km) in order to allow the
Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering requires correct equipment, and it has to be used properly. Damage to your vehi-
too heavy, the braking per-
engine to properly break in. Failure
formance may be reduced.
to heed this caution may result in
You and your passengers
serious engine or transmission
could be seriously or fatally
damage.
injured. Pull a trailer only if · When towing a trailer, be sure to 5
you have followed all the
consult an authorized HYUNDAI
steps in this section.
dealer for further information on
cle caused by improper trailer towing · Before towing, make sure the
additional requirements such as a
is not covered by your vehicle manu-
total trailer weight, GCW
towing kit, etc.
facturer's warranty.
This section contains many timetested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer.
(Gross Combination Weight), GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle Weight ) and trailer tongue load are all within the limits.
· When you tow a trailer, make sure to turn off the ISG system.
· Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/h)) or posted towing speed limit.
· On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower.
· Carefully observe the weight and load limits provided in the following pages.
Driving your vehicle
5-133
Driving your vehicle
Total trailer weight
Tongue load
Tongue Load
Total Trailer Weight
Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight
OLMB053047
What is the maximum safe weight of a trailer? It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes. But even that can be too heavy. It depends on how you plan to use your trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
OLMB053048
The tongue load is an important weight to measure because it affects the total Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) of your vehicle. The trailer tongue should weigh a maximum of 10% of the total loaded trailer weight, within the limits of the maximum trailer tongue load permissible.
After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren't, you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
· Never load a trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front. The front should be loaded with approximately 60% of the total trailer load; the rear should be loaded with approximately 40% of the total trailer load.
· Never exceed the maximum weight limits of the trailer or trailer towing equipment. Improper loading can result in damage to your vehicle and/or personal injury. Check weights and loading at a commercial scale or highway patrol office equipped with scales.
5-134
Reference weight and distance when towing a trailer
lbs (kg) Trailer towing equipment
Item
2.4 GDI 2.0 T-GDI Hitches
It's important to have the correct
Without brake system
1,653 (750) 1,653 (750) hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are
Maximum trailer
weight
With brake
Standard package
2,000 (907) 2,000 (907)
a few reasons why you'll need the right hitch. Here are some rules to follow:
system
Trailer package
2,800 (1,270) 3,501 (1,588)
· Do you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you
Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device
280 (127) 351 (159)
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch. If you
don't seal them, carbon monoxide 5
(CO) from your exhaust can get
into your vehicle, as well as dirt
and water.
· The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper.
· A HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Driving your vehicle
5-135
Driving your vehicle
Safety chains
You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch. Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or trailer manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer's recommendation for attaching safety chains. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer. And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a braking system, make sure it conforms to federal and/or local regulations and that it is properly installed and operating correctly.
If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded, then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you'll be able to install, adjust and maintain them properly. Do not tap into your vehicle's brake system. Trailer brakes must be applied separately from your vehicle's brake system.
WARNING
Driving with a trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Before setting out for the open road, you must get to know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform, safety chains, electrical connector(s), lights, tires and brakes.
During your trip, occasionally check to be sure that the load is secure, and that the lights and trailer brakes are still working.
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly set up the brake system. Use an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work.
5-136
Distance
Making turns
Stay at least twice as far behind the When you're turning with a trailer,
WARNING
vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns.
make wider turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won't strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance.
Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle's lighting system. Use an approved trailer wiring harness. Failure to do so could result in
damage to the vehicle electrical
Passing
You will need more passing distance up ahead when you're towing a trail-
Turn signals
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal
system and/or personal injury. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
er. And, because of the increased flasher and extra wiring. The green
vehicle length, you'll need to go arrows on your instrument panel will much farther beyond the passed flash whenever you signal a turn or
5
vehicle before you can return to your lane change. Properly connected,
lane.
the trailer lights will also flash to alert
other drivers you're about to turn,
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left, move your hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.
change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when, in fact, they are not. It's important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working. You must also check the
lights every time you disconnect and
then reconnect the wires.
Driving your vehicle
5-137
Driving your vehicle
Driving on hills
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade. If you don't shift down, you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get overheated and may not operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes, you should drive in D (Drive) when towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when towing a trailer will minimize heat build-up and extend the life of your transmission.
NOTICE
To prevent engine and/or transmission overheating:
· When towing a trailer on steep grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not overheat. If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves towards "H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so, and allow the engine to idle until it cools down.You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently.
· When towing a trailer, your vehicle speed may be much slower than the general flow of traffic, especially when climbing an uphill grade. Use the right hand lane when towing a trailer on an uphill grade. Choose your vehicle speed according to the maximum posted speed limit for vehicles with trailers, the steepness of the grade, and your trailer weight.
Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailer attached to your vehicle, you should not park your vehicle on a hill.
However, if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill, here's how to do it: 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking
area. Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the curb (right if headed down hill, left if headed up hill). 2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). 3. Set the parking brake and shut off the vehicle. 4. Place wheel chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels.
5-138
5. Start the vehicle, apply the brakes, Driving the vehicle after it has Maintenance when trailer tow-
shift to neutral, release the park- been parked on a hill
ing
ing brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load.
6. Reapply the brakes and parking brakes.
1. With the gear shift lever in P (Park), apply the brakes and hold the brake pedal down while performing the following:
· Start your engine;
Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, axle lubri-
7. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
8. Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set.
· Shift into gear; and
· Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal.
cant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another important item to frequently check. If you're trailering, it's a good idea to review these items before you start your trip. Don't forget
WARNING
· Do not get out of the vehicle without the parking brake firmly set. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You and others could be seriously or fatally injured.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
to also maintain your trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, inspect the vehicle and trailer at the start of each day's driving. Inspect the hitch mounting to make sure the hitch is properly secured to the vehicle. Inspect the trailer electrical wiring to make sure brake lights, turn
5
· Do not apply the accelerator
signal lights, running lights, and haz-
pedal to hold the vehicle on
ard lights are working properly.
an uphill.
Driving your vehicle
5-139
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE To prevent vehicle damage: · Due to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur on hot days or during uphill driving. If the coolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off the air conditioner and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine. · When towing check the automatic transmission fluid more frequently.
5-140
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
ratings, from the vehicle's specifica- each axle (front and rear) - including This is the maximum allowable
tions and the Certification Label:
vehicle curb weight and all payload. weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
Base Curb Weight
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label
This is the weight of the vehicle This is the maximum allowable located on the driver's door sill.
including a full tank of fuel and all weight that can be carried by a single
5
standard equipment. It does not axle (front or rear). These numbers
include passengers, cargo, or option- are shown on the Certification Label.
al equipment.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
Driving your vehicle
5-141
Driving your vehicle
Tire Loading Information Label
Type A
Type C
Vehicle capacity weight
860 lbs. (390 kg) / 904 lbs. (410 kg) / 1058 lbs. (480 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.
Type B
OTMA058179_1 OTMA058181_1
OTMA058180
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons (Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.
5-142
Towing capacity
Steps for determining correct
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle
load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.
er, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit, including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can
5
available amount of cargo and lug- shorten the life of the vehicle. If
gage load capacity. For example, if the GVWR or the GAWR is
the "XXX" amount equals 1400 exceeded, parts on the vehicle
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. can break, and it can change
passengers in your vehicle, the the handling of your vehicle.
amount of available cargo and lug- These could cause you to lose
gage load capacity is 650 lbs. control and result in an acci-
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
dent.
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
Driving your vehicle
5-143
Driving your vehicle
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
+
Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
+
Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
+
Passenger Weight (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight (1100 lbs.) (499 kg)
Cargo Weight (650 lbs.) (295 kg)
Cargo Weight (540 lbs.) (245 kg)
5-144
Certification label
The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Overloading
· Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle's handling and braking ability, and cause an accident.
OBH059070
The certification label is located on the driver's door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
· Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your
5
vehicle's tires and possible
tire failure, increased stop-
ping distances and poor vehi-
cle handling-all of which may
result in a crash.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
Driving your vehicle
5-145
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else), they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
· Put items in the cargo area of your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly.
· Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats.
· Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle.
· When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.
5-146
What to do in an emergency
Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................6-2 Towing ...................................................................6-21
In Case of an Emergency While Driving.............6-2 If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2
Towing Service.................................................................6-21 Emergency Towing..........................................................6-22
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ........6-2
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3
If the Engine Will Not Start..................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or
Turns Over Slowly .............................................................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but
Doesn't Start ......................................................................6-3
Jump Starting..........................................................6-4
If the Engine Overheats........................................6-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-8
Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System .................................6-9
Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-10
6
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with
Position Indicator ............................................................6-10
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-11
Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-12
If You Have a Flat Tire........................................6-14
Jack and Tools .................................................................6-14
Removing and Storing the Spare Tire .......................6-14
Changing Tires .................................................................6-16
What to do in an emergency
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OTM068001
The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button. The button is located in the center fascia panel. Both the left and right turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.
· The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
· The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
· Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
· Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
· Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location.
6-2
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start
What to do in an emergency
If a tire goes flat while you are driving: · Be sure the shift lever is in N Check the fuel level and add fuel if
· Take your foot off the accelerator (Neutral) or P (Park). The engine necessary.
pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not
starts only when the shift lever is in If the engine still does not start, have
N (Neutral) or P (Park).
your vehicle checked by an author-
apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off
· Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight.
· Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained.
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
the road as far as possible and Do not push or pull the vehicle to
park on firm, level ground. If you start it. This could cause damage to
are on a divided highway, do not your vehicle. See instructions for
park in the median area between "Jump Starting" provided in this
the two traffic lanes.
chapter.
6
· When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, move the shift lever into P (Park), and apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
· Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.
CAUTION
Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system.
· When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.
6-3
What to do in an emergency
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:
Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
· NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.
6-4
What to do in an emergency
· The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
i Information
Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.
An inappropriately disposed 3. Turn off all electrical devices such
battery can be harmful to the Pb environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.
1VQA4001
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+)
NOTICE
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1). 5. Connect the other end of the
6
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
jumper cable to the red, positive
· Only use a 12-volt power supply
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
(battery or jumper system) to
assisting vehicle (2).
jump start your vehicle.
6. Connect the second jumper cable
· Do not attempt to jump start
to the black, negative (-) battery/
your vehicle by push-starting.
chassis ground of the assisting
vehicle (3).
6-5
What to do in an emergency
7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
8. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
9. Operate your vehicle for at least 30 minutes of driving or at least 60 minutes of engine running at idle before shutting off the engine. Without sufficient time to charge the battery, another no-start will occur. You can also visit your nearest dealer to request the battery be charged and tested.
If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-6
Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gage indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park) and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
WARNING
6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine
While the engine is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belt to prevent serious injury.
Your vehicle is
equipped with a pres-
surized
coolant
reserve tank. NEVER
remove the radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are HOT.
Hot coolant and steam may
blow out under pressure, caus-
ing serious injury.
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehi-
Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down.
CAUTION
cle. (If the air conditioning had Use extreme care when remov-
been in use, it is normal for cold ing the radiator cap. Wrap a
Serious loss of coolant indi-
water to be draining from it when you stop.)
towel or thick rag around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly
cates a leak in the cooling system and should be checked as
6
5. If engine coolant is leaking out, to release some of the pressure
soon as possible by an author-
stop the engine immediately and from the system. Step back
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
call the nearest authorized while the pressure is released.
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
When you are sure all the pres-
sure has been released, contin-
ue turning the cap counter-
clockwise to remove it.
6-7
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check Tire Pressure
· The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gage.
· You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings mode on the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User Settings Mode" section in chapter 3).
OTM068003
OTMA048184
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display (shown on the cluster LCD display)
6-8
OTM048125L
· You can check the tire pressure in the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Display Mode" section in chapter 3.
· A "Drive to display" message will appear for the first few minutes of driving after initial engine start up.
If the tire pressure is not displayed after a few minutes of driving, check the tire pressures.
What to do in an emergency
Tire Pressure Monitoring
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped
System
vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not
WARNING
that illuminates a low tire pressure operating properly. The TPMS maltelltale when one or more of your function indicator is combined with
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the
the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
tion exists. When the malfunction indicator is
when cold and inflated to the inflation Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- illuminated, the system may not be
pressure recommended by the vehi- ciency and tire tread life, and may able to detect or signal low tire pres-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- affect the vehicle's handling and sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-
ard or vehicle has tires of a different stopping ability.
tions may occur for a variety of rea-
6
size than the size indicated on the Please note that the TPMS is not a sons, including the installation of
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- substitute for proper tire mainte- replacement or alternate tires or
sure label, you should determine the nance, and it is the driver's responsi- wheels on the vehicle that prevent
proper tire inflation pressure for bility to maintain correct tire pres- the TPMS from functioning properly.
those tires.
sure, even if under-inflation has not Always check the TPMS malfunction
reached the level to trigger illumina- telltale after replacing one or more
tion of the TPMS low tire pressure tires or wheels on your vehicle to
telltale.
ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
to continue to function properly.
6-9
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1.The Low Tire Pressure TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position or engine is running.
2.The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
3.The Low Tire Pressure LCD display remains illuminated
Low Tire Pressure Telltale
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator
OTMA048123
When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illuminated and the warning message is displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The LCD position indicator will indicate which tire is significantly under-inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light.
If any of your tire pressures are indicated as being low, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering, and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
NOTICE
The spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sensor.
6-10
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances. Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
TPMS Malfunction Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the individual tire pres-
sures in the cluster LCD display 6
will not be available. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
6-11
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and LCD position indicator will come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
CAUTION
Never use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a tire pressure monitoring sensor. When the low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20 minutes.
Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem (except for the spare tire). You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-12
What to do in an emergency
You may not be able identify a tire with low pressure by simply looking
WARNING
i Information
at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gage to measure the tire's inflation pressure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.
· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
· If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
WARNING
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful interference.
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
6
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure con-
ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
tions. Tampering with, modify-
ing, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
6-13
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.
Jack and Tools
Removing and Storing the Spare Tire
Your spare tire is stored underneath your vehicle, directly below the cargo area.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
OTM068005L
Jack handle Jack Wheel lug nut wrench Socket The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut wrench and socket are stored in the luggage compartment under the luggage box cover.
The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.
OTMA068022
To remove the spare tire: 1. Open the tailgate. 2. Find the plastic hex bolt cover and
remove the cover with a coin or flat-blade screwdriver.
6-14
What to do in an emergency
To store the spare tire:
1. Lay the tire on the ground with the valve stem facing up.
2. Place the wheel under the vehicle and install the retainer guide and chain through the wheel center.
3. Turn the wrench clockwise until it clicks.
OTMA068023
OTM068024L
3. Connect the socket (A) and wheel lug nut wrench (B).
4. Loosen the bolt enough to lower the spare tire.
6. Draw out the retainer guide (1) through the center hole of the spare tire.
Turn the wrench counterclockwise
6
until the spare tire reaches the
ground.
5. After the spare tire reaches the ground, continue to turn the wrench counterclockwise, and draw the spare tire outside. Never rotate the wrench excessively, otherwise the spare tire carrier may be damaged.
6-15
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
Ensure the spare tire retainer guide is properly aligned with the center of the spare tire to prevent the spare tire from "rattling".
Otherwise, it may cause the spare tire to fall off the carrier and lead to an accident.
Changing Tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions:
· Never place any portion of your body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
· NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle completely off the road on level, firm ground away from traffic before trying to change a tire. If you cannot find a level, firm place off the road, call a towing service for assistance.
· Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.
· ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support.
· Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.
· Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
· Keep children away from the road and the vehicle.
Follow these steps to change your vehicle's tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park), apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack, jack handle, and spare tire from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the tire diagonally opposite of the tire you are changing.
6-16
What to do in an emergency
Rear
Front
OTMA068027
OTMA068028
OTM068029L
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun- 7. Place the jack at the designated 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
terclockwise one turn each in the jacking position under the frame and turn it clockwise, raising the
order shown above, but do not closest to the tire you are chang- vehicle until the tire clears the
remove any lug nuts until the tire ing. The jacking positions are ground. Make sure the vehicle is
has been raised off of the ground.
plates welded to the frame with two notches. Never jack at any
stable on the jack.
6
other position or part of the vehi-
cle. Doing so may damage the
side seal molding or other parts of
the vehicle.
6-17
What to do in an emergency
9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel lug nut wrench and remove them with your fingers. Remove the wheel from the studs and lay it flat on the ground out of the way. Remove any dirt or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.
10.Install the spare tire onto the studs of the hub.
11.Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers onto the studs with the smaller end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
12.Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
6-18
OOS067019L
13.Use the wheel lug nut wrench to tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. Double-check each lug nut until they are tight. After changing tires, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the lug nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible. The wheel lug nut should be tightened to 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
If you have a tire gage, check the tire pressure (see "Tires and Wheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressure instructions.). If the pressure is lower or higher than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and adjust it to the recommended pressure. Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. After changing tires, secure the flat tire and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. If it is hard to secure the flat tire, put the flat tire in the luggage compartment.
NOTICE
· Check the tire pressure as soon as possible after installing a spare tire. Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
· Check and tighten the wheel lug nuts after driving over 30 mile (50 km) if tires are replaced. Recheck the tire wheel lug nuts after driving over 600 mile (1,000 km).
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
WARNING
· Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
Your vehicle has metric threads on the studs and lug nuts. Make certain during tire changing that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled. If you have to replace your lug nuts make sure they have metric threads to avoid damaging the
To prevent compact spare tire failure and loss of control possibly resulting in an accident:
· Use the compact spare tire only in an emergency.
· NEVER operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h).
· Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle.
· The compact spare tire's tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly
studs and ensure the wheel is
· Do not exceed the vehicle's
and replace worn compact spare
properly secured to the hub.
maximum load rating or the
tires with the same size and design,
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
load carrying capacity shown
mounted on the same wheel.
dealer for assistance.
on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.
· Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time.
If any of the equipment such as the jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-
· Do not use the compact spare tire continuously. Repair or replace the original tire as
· Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
6
ment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the
soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tire.
NOTICE
tire and call for assistance.
When the original tire and wheel
Use of compact spare tires
Compact spare tires are designed for emergency use only. Drive carefully on the compact spare tire and always follow the safety precautions.
When driving with the compact spare tire mounted to your vehicle:
· Check the tire pressure after installing the compact spare tire. The compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
6-19
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle:
· Drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards, such as a potholes or debris.
· Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch (25 mm).
· Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly.
· Do not use the compact spare tire on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel.
Jack label
Example
OOS067043
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P (Park) position on vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.Jack manufacture
11.Production date
12.Representative company and address
6-20
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
Towing Service
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels.
NOTICE
· Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.
When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.
OTM068013
OTM068010L
If your vehicle is an AWD vehicle, it must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground.
· Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
6
[A] : Dollies
NOTICE
If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.
An AWD vehicle should never be towed with the wheels on the ground. This can cause serious damage to the transaxle or the AWD system.
OTM068012
6-21
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed. The side impact and curtain air bag may deploy if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.
Emergency Towing
If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies: 1. Place the ignition switch in the
ACC position. 2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Failure to place the shift lever in N (Neutral) when being towed with the front wheels on the ground can cause internal damage to the transmission.
6-22
Maintenance
Engine Compartment .............................................7-3 Brake Fluid............................................................7-26
Maintenance Services ...........................................7-4
Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-26
Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4
Washer Fluid.........................................................7-27
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4
Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-27
Owner Maintenance ..............................................7-5 Air Cleaner ............................................................7-27
Owner Maintenance Schedule .......................................7-6
Filter Replacement..........................................................7-27
Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-7 Climate Control Air Filter ....................................7-29
Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.4 GDI) ....................7-8
Filter Inspection...............................................................7-29
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Wiper blades .........................................................7-31
Conditions (2.4 GDI)........................................................7-11
Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-31
Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.0 T-GDI)..............7-13
Blade Replacement .........................................................7-31
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (2.0 T-GDI)....................................................7-16
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items...............................................7-18
Battery...................................................................7-33 For Best Battery Service .............................................7-34 Battery Recharging ........................................................7-35 Reset Features.................................................................7-36
Engine Oil ..............................................................7-21
Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-21
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-22
Engine Coolant .....................................................7-23
7
Checking the Engine Coolant Level............................7-23
Changing Engine Coolant .............................................7-25
Maintenance
Tires and Wheels .................................................7-37
Tire Care............................................................................7-37
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures ..........7-38
Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-39
Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-39
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-40
Tire Replacement ...........................................................7-41
Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-42
Tire Traction ....................................................................7-42
Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-43
Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-43
Tire Terminology and Definitions ..............................7-47
All Season Tires...............................................................7-50
Snow Tires ........................................................................7-50
Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-50
Fuses......................................................................7-52
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-53
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-54
7
Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-55
Light Bulbs ............................................................7-65 Headlamp, Parking lamp, Daytime Running Light, Turn signal lamp and Side marker ..............................7-65 Front Fog Lamp Replacement......................................7-69 Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-69 Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-70 High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement ..........7-73 License Plate Light Bulb Replacement .....................7-73 Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-74
Appearance Care..................................................7-76 Exterior Care ....................................................................7-76 Interior Care .....................................................................7-81
Emission Control System ....................................7-84 Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-84 Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-84 Exhaust Emission Control System .............................7-85
California Perchlorate Notice.............................7-88
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
2.4 GDI
2.0 T-GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Radiator cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Engine oil dipstick 6. Engine oil filler cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8. Fuse box 9. Battery terminal [+] 10. Battery terminal [-]
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
7
Maintenance
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OTMA078084/OTM078001
7-3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI's high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-4
OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work:
· Park your vehicle on level ground, move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
· Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.
· If you must run the engine during maintenance, do so out doors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
· Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery and fuel-related parts.
The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.
7
Maintenance
7-5
Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule When you stop for fuel: · Check the engine oil level. · Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir. · Check the windshield washer fluid
level. · Check the tire for low or under-
inflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns and other injuries.
7-6
While operating your vehicle:
· Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
· Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
· Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
· When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
· If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level.
· Check the automatic transmission P (Park) function.
· Check the parking brake. · Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).
At least monthly: · Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir. · Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the brake lights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers. · Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. · Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year: (i.e., every Spring and Autumn) · Check radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or damage. · Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer a fluid.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
· Check headlamp alignment. · Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps. · Check seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year: · Clean body and door drain holes. · Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges. · Lubricate door and hood locks
and latches. · Lubricate door rubber weather
strips. · Lubricate door checker. · Check the air conditioning system.
SERVICES
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
· Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
· Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
· Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads
· Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
· Towing a trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
· Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing
· Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
· Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Inspect and lubricate automatic · Driving in areas using salt or other
transmission linkage and controls. · Clean the battery and terminals.
corrosive materials or in very cold weather
7
· Check the brake fluid level.
· Driving in heavy dust conditions
· Driving in heavy traffic area
Maintenance
7-7
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.4 GDI)
MAINTENANCE Months
12
INTERVALS Miles×1,000 7.5
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Km×1,000 12
Engine oil and engine oil filter
R
Fuel additives *1
Rotate tires
Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
Air cleaner filter
I
Spark plugs
Drive belts *2
Valve clearance *3
Vacuum hose
I
Engine coolant
Battery condition
I
24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 RRRRRRRRRRRRR R
Add fuel additives every 7,500 miles or 12 months Rotate tires every 7,500 miles
Replace every 15,000 miles or 12 months
I IRI I IRI I IRI I I Replace every 97,500 miles
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months. Thereafter, inspect every 15,000 miles or 24 months
Inspect every 60,000 miles or 72 months IIIIIIIIIIIII I
At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years : Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months IIIIIIIIIIIII I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.
*3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer per-
form the operation.
7-8
Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.4 GDI) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE Months
12
INTERVALS Miles×1,000 7.5
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Km×1,000 12
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
Disc brakes and pads
I
24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 IIIIIIIIIIIII I IIIIIIIIIIIII I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IIIII
I
Driveshaft and boots Suspension mounting bolts Air conditioner refrigerant Air conditioner compressor Propeller shaft (AWD) Exhaust pipe and muffler Automatic transmission fluid Rear differential oil (AWD) *4 Transfer case oil (AWD)*4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
No check, No service required
7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
Maintenance
7-9
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.4 GDI) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE Months
12
INTERVALS Miles×1,000 7.5
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Km×1,000 12
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
Fuel tank air filter *5
Fuel filter *5
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid
24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*5 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
7-10
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (2.4 GDI)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
MAINTENANCE ITEM Engine oil and filter
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
R
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Every 3,750 miles or 6 months
DRIVING CONDITION
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter
R
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs
R
Automatic transmission fluid
R
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
I
More frequently Every 60,000 miles
More frequently
A, B, F, G, H, I, K
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
C, D, E, G, H
Rear brake disc/pads
I
More frequently
C, D, E, G, H
7
Maintenance
7-11
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
Drive shafts and boots
I
Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
R
Propeller shaft (AWD)
I
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS More frequently More frequently More frequently More frequently
DRIVING CONDITION C, D, E, F, G
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
C, E, G, L
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Rear differential oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Severe Usage Conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E - Driving in sandy areas F - Driving in heavy traffic area G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions L - Transporting pets or smoking inside the vehicle
7-12
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.0 T-GDI)
MAINTENANCE Months
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
INTERVALS Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Engine oil and engine oil filter
RRRRRRRRRRRRRR R
Fuel additives *1
Add fuel additives every 6,000 miles or 12 months
Rotate tires
Rotate tires every 6,000 miles
Climate control air filter (for evaporate and blower unit)
Replace every 12,000 miles or 12 months
Air cleaner filter
I I IRI I IRI I IRI I I
Spark plugs
Replace every 42,000 miles
Drive belts *2
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months. Thereafter, inspect every 12,000 miles or 24 months
Valve clearance *3
Inspect every 60,000 miles or 72 months
Vacuum hose Engine coolant
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years :
7
Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months
Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.
*3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer per-
form the operation.
7-13
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.0 T-GDI) (CONT)
MAINTENANCEMonths
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
INTERVALSMiles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Battery condition
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
Disc brakes and pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IIIII
I
I
Driveshaft and boots Suspension mounting bolts Air conditioner refrigerant Air conditioner compressor Propeller shaft (AWD)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
7-14
Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.0 T-GDI) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE Months
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
INTERVALS Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Exhaust pipe and muffler
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
Automatic transmission fluid
No check, No service required
Rear differential oil (AWD) *4
I
I
I
Transfer case oil (AWD)*4
I
I
I
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel tank air filter *5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter *5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7
R : Replace or change.
*4 : Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
*5 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-
nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
Maintenance
7-15
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (2.0 T-GDI)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
MAINTENANCE ITEM Engine oil and filter
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
R
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Every 3,000 miles or 6 months
DRIVING CONDITION
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter
R
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs Automatic transmission fluid Front brake disc/pads, calipers
R
More frequently
A, B, F, G, H, I, K
R
Every 60,000 miles
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
I
More frequently
C, D, E, G, H
Rear brake disc/pads
I
More frequently
C, D, E, G, H
7-16
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
Drive shafts and boots
I
Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
R
Propeller shaft (AWD)
I
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS More frequently More frequently More frequently More frequently
DRIVING CONDITION C, D, E, F, G
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
C, E, G, L
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Rear differential oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Severe Usage Conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles E - Driving in sandy areas
(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) F - Driving in heavy traffic area
in freezing temperature
G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
7
tances
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-
towing
spread roads
J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
very cold weather
L - Transporting pets or smoking inside the vehicle
Maintenance
7-17
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately.
Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary.
Fuel Filter
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the vehicle driving speed, damage the emission system, and cause the hard starting. When a considerable amount of foreign substances are accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel filter should be replaced.
Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate the engine for several minutes, and check the connections for any leakages. Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-18
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation Hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources, such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to ensure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.
Air Cleaner Filter A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced.
Spark Plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions. But in severe conditions, the fluid should be changed at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified fluid could result in transmission malfunction and failure. Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
Cooling System
i Information
Check cooling system components, Automatic transmission fluid color is such as radiator, coolant reservoir, red when new.
hoses and connections for leakage As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
and damage. Replace any damaged transmission fluid will begin to look
parts.
darker. This is a normal condition and
you should not judge the need to
Engine Coolant
replace the fluid based upon the changed color.
The coolant should be changed at
7
the intervals specified in the mainte-
nance schedule.
Maintenance
7-19
Maintenance
Brake Hoses and Lines Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake Fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Parking Brake Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.
Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine off, check for excessive freeplay in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.
7-20
ENGINE OIL
Checking the Engine Oil Level
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level ground in P (Park) with the parking brake set. If possible, block the wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
4. Turn the engine off and wait about five minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.
OPDE076067
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.
2.4 GDI 2.0 T-GDI
OTM078022L
Maintenance
7
OTM078022
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil. (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7-21
Maintenance
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your engine:
· Do not overfill with engine oil. Add oil in small quantities and recheck level to ensure engine is not overfilled.
· Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Wipe off spilled oil immediately.
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.
7-22
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the Engine Coolant Level
Recommended engine coolant
· When adding coolant, use only distilled (deionized) water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
· An improper coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine damage.
· The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
OTM078023
Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
· Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
The coolant level should be filled between the F and the L marks on
7
the side of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water to bring the level to the F mark, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection.
Maintenance
7-23
Maintenance
· Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the following table:
Ambient Temperature
5°F (-15°C) -13°F (-25°C) -31°F (-35°C) -49°F (-45°C)
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Antifreeze
Water
35
65
40
60
50
50
60
40
i Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the easiest to mix together as it will be the same quantity of each. It is suitable to use for most temperature ranges of - 31°F and higher.
7-24
OTM078024
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop.
Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
WARNING
The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.
Always turn off the engine unless the vehicle has to be inspected with the engine on. Be cautious as the cooling fan may operate if the negative (-) battery terminal is not disconnected.
Changing Engine Coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put a thick towel around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts, such as the alternator.
Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim.
7
7-25
Maintenance
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID Checking the Brake Fluid Level
ODM072009
Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add the specified brake fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid comes in contact with your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention.
NOTICE
· Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result.
· Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
· Do not use the wrong kind of brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts.
i Information
Use only the specified brake fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7-26
WASHER FLUID
Checking the Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
AIR CLEANER Filter Replacement
To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid:
· Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control
OTMA078027
OTM078025
Check the fluid level in the washer
resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim.
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for inspection using compressed air.
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- · Do not allow sparks or flames Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,
sary. Plain water may be used if
to contact the washer fluid or as water will damage the filter.
washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-
the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be replaced.
7
mates to prevent freezing.
· Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin.
Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule.
Washer fluid is harmful to
humans and animals.
· Keep washer fluid away from children and animals.
Maintenance
7-27
Maintenance
OTMA078028
1. Pull down the air cleaner filter cover (1).
OTMA078029
2. Pull down the lever (2) to the UNLOCK position.
OTMA078030
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Reassemble the air cleaner cover in the reverse order.
5. Check that the cover is firmly installed.
7-28
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the air cleaner filter more often than the usual recommended intervals (refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" in this chapter).
NOTICE
· Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed. This will result in excessive engine wear.
· When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.
Filter Inspection
The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period and/or if transporting pets or occupants smoke inside the vehicle, then it should be inspected more frequently and replaced sooner. Replace the climate control air filter by following the procedure below and be careful to avoid damaging other components.
OTMA078032
1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges.
· Use HYUNDAI genuine parts.
Use of non-genuine parts could
damage the air flow sensor.
7
Maintenance
7-29
Maintenance
OTMA078031
2. Remove the support rod (1).
OTM078033
3. Remove the climate control air filter case while pressing the lock on both side of the cover.
OPD076026
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol () facing downwards, to prevent noise and reduce effectiveness.
7-30
WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wiper functionality. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
Blade Replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
Front windshield wiper service positions
Maintenance
NOTICE
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper
OTM078056
To prevent damage to the wiper blade could result in wiper mal- This vehicle has a "hidden" wiper
blades, arms or other compo- function and failure.
design which means that the wipers
nents, do not:
cannot be lifted when they are in
· Use gasoline, kerosene, paint NOTICE
their bottom resting position.
thinner, or other solvents on or near them.
· Attempt to move the wipers manually.
· Use non-specified wiper blades.
· In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position.
· Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving.
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off the engine, lift and hold the wiper lever up to the MIST position for about 2 seconds until the wipers move to the top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers off the windshield.
7
i Information
3. Gently put the wipers back down
Commercial hot waxes applied by auto-
onto the windshield.
matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
4. Turn the wipers to any ON position to return the wipers to the bottom
resting position.
7-31
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade replacement
Rear window wiper blade replacement
OLMB073099
OLMB073098
1. Raise the wiper arm.
NOTICE
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.
OOSEV078007
1. Raise the wiper arm and then rotate the wiper blade assembly (1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly (2).
OLMB073100
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then pull down the blade assembly (2) and remove it.
3. Install the new blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
7-32
shield.
BATTERY
WARNING
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
corrosive. Do not allow
DEATH to you or bystanders,
acid to contact your
always follow these precautions
eyes, skin or clothing.
when working near or handling
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
the battery:
your eyes with clean water for at
Always read and follow
least 15 minutes and get imme-
instructions carefully
diate medical attention. If acid
when handling a battery.
gets on your skin, thoroughly
OOSEV078008
3. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place (3).
4. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
5. Rotate back the blade assembly so that it aligns with the wiper arm.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery
Hydrogen is always pres-
carrier or with your hands on
ent in battery cells, is
opposite corners.
highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is
7
Keep batteries out of
frozen.
reach of children.
or other components, have the wiper
blades replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
7-33
Maintenance
· NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.
· The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
WARNING
For Best Battery Service
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash hands after handling.
NOTICE
· When you do not use the vehicle for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery and keep it indoors.
· Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature areas.
OTM078034
· Keep the battery securely mounted.
· Keep the battery top clean and dry.
· Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
· Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.
7-34
Battery Recharging
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
· Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position.
· Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
· Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
· Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
· The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area.
· Watch the battery during
NOTICE
charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently.
· The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the following order:
AGM battery
· Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) batteries are maintenance-free and we recommend that the AGM battery be serviced by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. For charging your AGM battery, use only fully automatic battery chargers that
(1) Turn off the battery charger main switch.
are specially developed for AGM batteries.
(2) Unhook the negative clamp · When replacing the AGM bat-
from the negative battery
tery, we recommend that you
terminal.
use parts for replacement from
(3) Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
terminal.
· Do not open or remove the cap
· Always use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery when you replace the battery.
on top of the battery. This may
cause leaks of internal elec- 7
trolyte that could result in severe injury.
Maintenance
7-35
Maintenance
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for at least 30 minutes or operate at idle for at least 60 minutes before it is shutoff. Alternatively you may visit a dealer for charge and battery test.
The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See "Jump Starting" in chapter 6 for more information on jump starting procedures.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
Reset Features
The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 or 4 for: · Power Windows · Driver Position Memory System · Trip Computer · Climate Control System · Clock · Audio System · Sunroof
7-36
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
· Inspect your tires monthly for proper inflation as well as wear and damage.
· The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling.
· Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, or traction.
· ALWAYS replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.
OTM078063L
7
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver's side center pillar.
Maintenance
7-37
Maintenance
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or has been driven for less than one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in chapter 8.
WARNING
Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds.
CAUTION
· Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
7-38
Maintenance
Check Tire Inflation Pressure If you overfill the tire, release air by Tire Rotation
Check your tires, including the spare tire, once a month or more.
How to check Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly
pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new
To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated according to the maintenance schedule or sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.
inflated simply by looking at them. one as soon as possible.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
Radial tires may look properly inflat- A cold tire means the vehicle has wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
ed when they are under-inflated.
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar or in this manual. No further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.
sure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of the tire. Replace the tire if you find any of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).
7
caps back on the valve stems.
Without the valve cap, dirt or mois-
ture could get into the valve core and
cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.
7-39
Maintenance
Without a spare tire
Directional tires (if equipped)
S2BLA790A
CBGQ0707A
Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.
i Information
Tires that are asymmetrical or directional can only be installed on the wheel in one direction. The outside and inside of an asymmetrical tire is not easily distinguishable. Pay careful attention to the markings on the sidewalls of the tires, noting the "outside" marking and also the rotating direction before installing them on the vehicle.
WARNING
· Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation.
· Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.
7-40
Tire Replacement
CAUTION
WARNING
Tread wear indicator
When replacing the tires, To reduce the risk of DEATH or
recheck and tighten the wheel SERIOUS INJURY:
nuts after driving about 600 miles (1,000 km). If the steering wheel shakes or the vehicle vibrates while driving, the tire is out of balance. Align the tire balance. If the problem is not solved, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction.
· Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that
OLMB073027
was originally supplied with
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens.
Do not wait for the tread surface to become level with the tread wear indicators before replacing the tire.
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recom-
mended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehi-
cle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious
7
accident.
Maintenance
7-41
Maintenance
· Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service.
· When replacing tires (or wheels), it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling. If only replacing one pair of tires, it is recommended to install the pair of new tires on the rear axle.
· Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire. Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire. The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
WARNING
The original tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to avoid failure of the spare and loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. The compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h) when using the compact spare tire.
Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when the tread depth is at least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
7-42
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment.
1
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
5,6
example only; your tire size designa-
7
tor could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
4
235/60R18 102H
When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.
2
3
1
OLMB073028
1. Manufacturer or brand name
235 - Tire width in millimeters.
60 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section height as a percentage of its width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
Manufacturer or brand name is shown.
2. Tire size designation
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
102 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry.
the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replace-
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.
7
case of a recall.
ment tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and num-
bers in the tire size designation
mean.
Maintenance
7-43
Maintenance
Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 7.5J x 18
7.5 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 18 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed Rating Symbol
S T H V W Y
Maximum Speed
112 mph (180 km/h) 118 mph (190 km/h) 130 mph (210 km/h) 149 mph (240 km/h) 168 mph (270 km/h) 186 mph (300 km/h)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tire) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1419 represents that the tire was produced in the 14th week of 2019.
7-44
4. Tire ply composition and
6. Maximum load rating
Tread wear
material
This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara-
The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled
manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern-
materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire
steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
The letter "R" means radial ply con- tire.
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
struction; the letter "D" means diago-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
nal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation
TREAD WEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.
7
pressure.
Maintenance
7-45
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tire failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
7-46
Maintenance
Tire Terminology and
Bead
DOT Markings
Definitions
The tire bead contains steel wires A code molded into the sidewall of a
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies
tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which
are laid at alternate angles less than can also identify the tire manufactur-
Accessory Weight
90 degrees to the centerline of the er, production plant, brand and date
This means the combined weight of tread.
of production.
optional accessories. Some exam-
ples of optional accessories are Cold Tire Pressure
GVWR
automatic transmission, seats, and air conditioning.
power
The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in pounds per square inch
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
Aspect Ratio
has built up heat from driving.
GAWR FRT
The relationship of a tire's height to
its width.
Curb Weight
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle.
This means the weight of a motor
7
Belt
vehicle with standard and optional GAWR RR
A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel
equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.
or other reinforcing materials.
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
7-47
Maintenance
Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for air pressure.
Light truck(LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
7-48
Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall An asymmetrical tire has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.
Pneumatic options weight The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard.
Traction
The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.
Tread
Radial Ply Tire
The portion of a tire that comes into Vehicle Maximum Load on the
A pneumatic tire in which the ply contact with the road.
Tire
cords that extend to the beads are
Load on an individual tire due to curb
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Treadwear Indicators
and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.
Narrow bands, sometimes called
"wear bars", that show across the
Rim
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
A metal support for a tire and upon tread remains.
Load on an individual tire that is
which the tire beads are seated.
determined by distributing to each
Sidewall
UTQGS
axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occu-
Uniform Tire Quality Grading pant weight and dividing by 2.
The portion of a tire between the Standards is a tire information sys-
tread and the bead.
tem that provides consumers with
7
ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- Vehicle Placard
Speed Rating
ture and treadwear. Ratings are A label permanently attached to a determined by tire manufacturers vehicle showing the original equip-
An alphanumeric code assigned to a using government testing proce- ment tire size and recommended
tire indicating the maximum speed at dures. The ratings are molded into inflation pressure.
which a tire can operate.
the sidewall of the tire.
Maintenance
7-49
Maintenance
All Season Tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round, including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires. Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires.
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved tread life, road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tires of the same size, and use the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical pairs of radial-ply tires should always be used as a set for the front tires and a set for the rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval in this chapter to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
7-50
CAUTION
· When driving on a rough road or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
· When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged.
· If the tire is subjected to a severe impact, have the tire and wheel inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· It is not easy to recognize tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire.
· If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty.
7
7-51
Maintenance
Maintenance
FUSES
Blade type
Normal Cartridge type
Normal Multi fuse
Normal
Blown
Blown
Blown OTM078035
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the engine and all switches off, and then disconnect the negative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating. · A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly cause a fire. · Do not install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system.
7-52
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement
In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle.
If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are undamaged, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating.
OTM078037
1. Turn the engine off.
OTM078036
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel cover.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
it if it is blown. Spare fuses are
4. Refer to the label on the inside of the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location.
provided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the engine compartment fuse panel).
7
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
7-53
Maintenance
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement
Blade type fuse
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Multi fuse
Cartridge type fuse
OTM078043
OTM078042
1. Turn the engine off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF.
7-54
CAUTION
After checking the fuse box in the engine compartment securely close the fuse box cover inside the engine compartment, until it clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed properly, water may leak in side, possibly causing a malfunction with the electrical system.
OTM078041
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up. 4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
i Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel
OTM078044
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
7
OTMA078045
7-55
Maintenance
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse Rating
Protected Component
MODULE 4
7.5A
Data Link Connector, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Door Module
AIR BAG 1 BRAKE SWITCH
MODULE 9
MODULE 10 AIR BAG IND
15A 7.5A 15A 10A 10A
SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
IBU, Stop Lamp Switch
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP), Head-Up Display, Rain Sensor, Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) Sensor, Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Power Liftgate Module Data Link Connector, Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Front Wireless Charger, Rear A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror
A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster
IBU 1
MODULE 2
MODULE 8 S/HEATER
FRT AIR BAG 2
MODULE 5
7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 20A 15A 7.5A
IBU Surround View Monitor, AC Inverter Outlet, AC Inverter Unit, Rear Seat Heater LH/RH, Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module Hazard Switch, Key Solenoid, Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle
Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module
SRS Control Module Lane Departure Warning Unit, Crash Pad Switch, IBU, Console Switch, ATM Shift Lever IND., AWD ECM, Sport Mode Switch
7-56
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse Rating
IBU 2
15A
IBU, Ignition Switch
Protected Component
SUNROOF 2
20A
Panoramic Sunroof
MODULE 1 P/WINDOW
RH ISG
RR SEAT (LH)
7.5A 25A 15A 25A
IBU
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH Low DC-DC Converter (AMP), Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Head Up Display Rear Seat Heater LH, Rear Seat Folding Switch LH
CLUSTER
7.5A
Instrument Cluster, Head Up Display
MDPS A/C
10A
MDPS Unit
7.5A
E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay), SUB Junction Block (PTC Heater 1/2 Relay), A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer
7
CHILD LOCK
15A
ICM Relay Box (Child Lock/Unlock Relay)
DOOR LOCK
20A
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Liftgate Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay
REAR A/C
10A
Rear A/C Control Module, Rear Blower Motor, A/C Control Module
Maintenance
7-57
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse Rating
Protected Component
SUNROOF 1
20A
Panoramic Sunroof
P/WINDOW LH
25A
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch LH
MODULE 3
7.5A
IBU
MODULE 6
7.5A
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP), A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Center Low Panel Switch, Driver IMS Control Module, Rear Seat Heater LH/RH, Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module
WASHER
15A
Multifunction Switch
RR SEAT (RH) WIPER (REAR) AMP
ACC P/SEAT (PASS) P/SEAT (DRV)
25A 15A 25A 7.5A 30A 30A
Rear Seat Heater RH, Rear Seat Folding Switch RH
Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
AMP, Low DC-DC Converter (AMP) Surround View Monitor, AMP, IBU, Front Wireless Charger, Front USB Charger, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP), Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear USB Charger LH/RH Passenger Seat Manual Switch
Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch
7-58
Engine compartment fuse panel
OTM078039
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
7
OTMA078049
7-59
Maintenance
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
MDPS
80A
MDPS Unit
Protected Component
EPB
B+4
MULTI FUSE (9P)
B+3 B+2 REAR HEATED
60A
ESC Module
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE 8, S/HEATER FRT, P/WINDOW RH, AMP, SUNROOF)
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, RR SEAT (LH), P/SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS))
50A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 8/IPS 10/IPS 11/IPS 12/IPS 13/IPS 14/IPS 15)
40A
Rear Heated Relay
ABS 1
40A
ESC Module
BLOWER
40A
Blower Relay
ABS 2
40A
ESC Module
MULTI FUSE (2P)
PTC HEATER 1 PTC HEATER 2
B+1 FUSE
B+5
7-60
50A
SUB Junction Block (PTC Heater 1 Relay)
50A
SUB Junction Block (PTC Heater 2 Relay)
50A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7, Long/Short Term Load Latch Relay)
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, IBU 1, IBU 2, BRAKE SWITCH, CHILD LOCK, RR SEAT (RH), SUNROOF 2)
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
INVERTER
30A
AC Inverter Unit
Protected Component
POWER TAILGATE
30A
Power Tail Gate Module
TRAILER 3 IG2
OIL PUMP
30A
Trailer Lamp
40A
Start Relay, ICU Junction Block (Fuse - A/C, WASHER, WIPER (REAR), MODULE 1, MODULE 2, REAR A/C)
40A
Electronic Oil Pump Module
Maintenance
COOLING FAN 2
50A
Cooling Fan Relay
FUSE
HEATED MIRROR
10A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module
A/C 2
10A
A/C Control Module
WIPER FRT 2
10A
Wiper (LO) Relay, Front Wiper Motor
7
ECU 4
15A
PCM
AMS
10A
Battery Sensor
VACUUM PUMP
20A
Vacuum Pump
4WD
20A
AWD ECM
7-61
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
SENSOR 6
15A
Electronic Oil Pump Module, [2.0 T-GDI] Vacuum Pump
ABS 3
10A
ESC Module
SENSOR 7
10A
Smart Cruise Control Radar
SENSOR 5
10A
Canister Close Valve, E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan Relay)
PCB Block
IGN COIL SENSOR 1 E-CVVT 2
20A
Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4
[2.4 GDI] Fuel Pump Relay, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid
10A
Valve, Oil Control Valve [2.0 T-GDI] Fuel Pump Relay, RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid
Valve, Oil Control Valve
20A
PCM
A/C 1
10A
[2.4 GDI] A/CON Relay
WIPER FRT 1
25A
Wiper Main Relay
TCU 2
10A
Transmission Range Switch
ECU 3 B/ALARM HORN
10A
PCM
15A
Burglar Alarm Horn Relay, Horn Relay
7-62
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
HORN
15A
Horn Relay
Protected Component
FUEL PUMP
20A
Fuel Pump Relay
ECU 1
20A
PCM
SENSOR 2
10A
[2.4 GDI] A/C Comp Relay, Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down) [2.0 T-GDI] Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)
E-CVVT 1
20A
PCM
PCB Block
POWER OUTLET 1
20A
Front Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET 2
20A
Rear Power Outlet
ACC
10A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - ACC)
TCU 1
15A
PCM
IG 1
40A
PDM (IG1) Relay
7
7-63
Maintenance
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover)
OTMA078046
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OTM078047
NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact.
7-64
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to the vehicle.
i Information
WARNING
· Prior to replacing a lamp, depress the brake pedal, move the shift lever into P (Park) apply the parking brake, place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock.
Headlamp, Parking lamp, Daytime Running Light, Turn signal lamp and Side marker
Type A
The headlamp and tail lamp lenses · Be aware the bulbs may be
could appear frosty if the vehicle is
hot and may burn your fin-
washed after driving or the vehicle is
gers.
OTMA078002
driven at night in wet weather. This condition is caused by temperature
(1) Daytime running light
difference between the lamp inside
(2) Daytime running light /
and outside and, it does not indicate a problem with your vehicle. When moisture condenses in the lamp, it will be removed after driving with the
Parking lamp
7
(3) Side marker
(4) Headlamp (Low)
headlamp on. The removable level
(5) Headlamp (High)
may differ depending on lamp size,
(6) Turn signal lamp
lamp position and environmental con-
dition. However, if moisture is not
removed, we recommend that your
vehicle is inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
7-65
Maintenance
Daytime running light (DRL), parking lamp and side marker lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Low beam High beam
OTM078053
3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
5. Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise.
6. Install a new headlamp bulb.
7. Connect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
8. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.
i Information
The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OTM078054
Headlamp 1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
7-66
WARNING
· Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids.
Turn signal lamp
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
· Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
· A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp.
· If a bulb becomes damaged or
OLMB073042L
cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.
· Handle halogen bulbs with
care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if broken.
· Wear eye protection when
OTM078059
2. Remove wheel guard clips (wheel guard: 4 pieces, under the front bumper : 3 pieces).
changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before han-
7
dling it.
Maintenance
7-67
Maintenance
OTM078055
3. Push the wheel guard aside and remove the bulb socket by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
5. Install a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
6. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the wheel guard in the reverse order.
Type B
OTMA078051
(1) Daytime running light (2) Daytime running light /
Parking lamp (3) Side marker (4) Headlamp (Low/High) (5) Sub headlamp (Low/high) (6) Turn signal lamp
Headlamp, parking lamp, daytime running light and side marker
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
7-68
Front Fog Lamp Replacement (if equipped)
Type A
5. Install a new bulb-socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing. Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise.
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement
Type B
Maintenance
OTM078010
OTM078086L
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
1. Loosen the pin-type retainers of the under cover and then remove
have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the undercover.
2. Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper.
OTMA078003
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be
7
3. Disconnect the power connector from the socket.
have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots of
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
the housing.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
7-69
Maintenance
Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement
Type A
Stop/Tail lamp and side marker lamp
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the liftgate.
(1) Stop/Tail lamp (2) Tail lamp (3) Side marker (4) Turn signal lamp (5) Backup lamp
OTMA078004
OTM078005
3. Remove the cover using a flatblade screwdriver.
OTM078006
4. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
5. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle.
7-70
Maintenance
Stop/Tail lamp
7. - Stop/Tail lamp
Tail lamp
Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
1. Turn off the engine. 2. Open the tailgate.
- Side marker lamp
Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling it straight out.
Side marker lamp
OTMA078009
8. - Stop/Tail lamp
Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
- Side marker lamp
OTMA078008
Insert a new bulb by pushing it in 3. Remove the service cover using a
into the socket.
flat-blade screwdriver.
9. Install the socket into the assem-
bly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assem-
7
bly. Push the socket into the
OTMA078090
6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on
assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7-71
Maintenance
Turn signal lamp and back up lamp
If the light bulb does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Type B
OTM078007
4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling it straight out.
6. Insert a new bulb by pushing it in into the socket.
7. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.
7-72
(1) Tail lamp (2) Stop lamp (3) Side marker (4) Turn signal lamp (5) Back up lamp
OTMA078050
Tail lamp, stop lamp and side marker lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement
Turn signal lamp and back up lamp
OTM078011
OTM078012
If the light bulb does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDI dealer.
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
2. Remove the lens.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced 3. Remove the socket by turning it
as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
counterclockwise.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
7
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
5. Install a new bulb.
age related parts of the vehicle.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order.
Maintenance
7-73
Maintenance
Interior Light Bulb Replacement
Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment
lamp (Bulb type)
Map lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior lamp housing.
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the "OFF" button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
Room lamp
OTM078015
Luggage compartment lamp
OTM078016
OJS078041
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
OTMA078017
NOTICE
Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
7-74
Map lamp and room lamp (LED type)
Map lamp
Room lamp
OTM078013
OTM078014
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle
7
7-75
Maintenance
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior Care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.
Protecting your vehicle's finish
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle's finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, should be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
NOTICE
· Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
· Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior.
· To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
7-76
High-pressure washing
NOTICE
· When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Insufficient clearance or excessive
Automatic car wash which uses
pressure can lead to component
rotating brushes should not be
damage or water penetration.
used as this can damage the sur-
· Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not oper-
OTMA058003
face of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes the vehicle surface at high temperature may result the oil to adhere and leave stains that is difficult to remove.
ate normally.
· Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers)or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water.
NOTICE
· Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine com-
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel or sponge) when washing your vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel. When you hand wash your vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the vehicle surface is too
· Do not use any high-pressure noz- partment.
dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contami-
zles, which induce either one-direct water stream or water swirling.
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
nant, etc.), clean the surface with water before washing the car.
7
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
Maintenance
7-77
Maintenance
Waxing A good coat of wax provides a barrier between your paint and environmental contamination. Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it. Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
7-78
NOTICE
· Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
· Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector such as a detergent, an abrasive and a polish. In case wax is applied, remove the wax immediately using a silicon remover and if any tar or tar contaminant is on the surface use a tar remover to clean. However, be careful not to apply too much pressure on the painted area.
Repairing your vehicle's finish
Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is impossible to modify only the damaged area and repair of the whole part is necessary. If the vehicle is damaged and painting is required, we recommend that you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take extreme care, as it is difficult to restore the quality after the repair.
Bright-metal maintenance
Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- Aluminum wheel maintenance
· To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.
· To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
· During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.
body and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.
The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish.
NOTICE
· Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
· Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
· Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by
wheels after driving on salted roads.
· Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.
· Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.
7
parts such as the fuel lines, frame, applying them lightly while
floor pan and exhaust system, even maintaining a slow forward
though they have been treated with speed.
rust protection.
Maintenance
7-79
Maintenance
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
· Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
· Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
· If you live in a high-corrosion area -- where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.--, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.
7-80
· When cleaning underneath the Keep your garage dry
Interior Care
vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl.
· When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the atten-
NOTICE
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
tion of a qualified body and paint · When cleaning leather products
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alco-
7
hol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
Maintenance
7-81
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties.
Leather (if equipped)
· Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of the products.
CAUTION
· Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.
· Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
· Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
· Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.
7-82
· Caring for the leather seats
· Cleaning the leather seats
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
- Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.
- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.
Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with NOTICE stain remover used only for natu- Do not scrape or scratch the
7
ral leather.
inside of the rear window. This
- Chewing gum
may result in damage to the rear
Harden the gum with ice and window defroster grid.
remove gradually.
Maintenance
7-83
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance Test (with Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system)
· To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).
· After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again.
1. Crankcase Emission Control System
The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.
7-84
Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
3. Exhaust Emission Control System
The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions
· Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of any kind in your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING
The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
7
Maintenance
7-85
Maintenance
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
· Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.
· When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle.
· Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.
· When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic converter are very hot during and immediately after the engine has been running. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle.
· Keep away from the exhaust system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.
Also, Do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.
7-86
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device. To prevent damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions:
· Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines.
· Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
· Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the engine off and descending steep grades in gear with the engine off.
· Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).
· Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level. If you run out of gasoline, it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter.
7
7-87
Maintenance
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7-88
Specifications & Consumer information
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions ..............................................................8-2 Engine ......................................................................8-2 Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3 Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-5 Volume and Weight................................................8-6 Air Conditioning System........................................8-6 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ..........8-7
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number ........................8-9 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................8-10 Vehicle Ccertification Label................................8-10 Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-11 Engine Number .....................................................8-11 Refrigerant Label.................................................8-11 Consumer Information.........................................8-12 Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-13
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
DIMENSIONS
Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread
Rear tread Wheelbase *1 : with roof rack
Items
235/65 R17 235/60 R18 235/55 R19 235/65 R17 235/60 R18 235/55 R19
in (mm) 187.8 (4,770) 74.41 (1,890) 66.14 (1,680) / 67.13 (1,705)*1 64.69 (1,643) 64.49 (1,638) 64.49 (1,638) 65.04 (1,652) 64.84 (1,647) 64.84 (1,647) 108.86 (2,765)
ENGINE
Displacement Bore x Stroke Firing order No. of cylinders
Items
cu. in. (cc) in. (mm)
2.4 GDI 143.95 (2,359)
3.46X3.81 (88x97) 1-3-4-2
In-line 4 cylinder
2.0 T-GDI 108.86 (1,998)
3.38X3.38 (86x86) 1-3-4-2
In-line 4 cylinder
8-2
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb
Type A
Headlamp Turn signal lamp
Front
Type B
Headlamp
Turn signal lamp
Side marker lamp
Parking lamp
Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)
Fog lamp
Rear
Type A
Type B
Turn signal lamp Back up lamp License plate lamp High mounted stop lamp
Tail lamp Tail/Stop lamp Side marker lamp Tail lamp Tail/Stop lamp Side marker lamp
Low High Low/High Low/High (sub)
Type A Type B
Bulb Type HB3 HB3
PY28W LED LED
PY28W LED LED LED H8 LED W5W
P21/5W W5W LED LED LED PY21W W16W W5W LED
Wattage
60
60
28
LED
LED
28
LED
LED
LED
35
LED
5
5/21
5
LED
LED
LED
8
21
16
5
LED
8-3
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Interior
Light Bulb
Map lamp
Type A Type B
Room lamp
Type A Type B
Vanity mirror lamp
Luggage compartment lamp
Bulb Type FESTOON
LED FESTOON
LED FESTOON FESTOON
Wattage 10 LED 10 LED 5 10
8-4
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
Item
Tire Size
Wheel Size
Full size tire Compact spare tire
235/65 R17 235/60 R18 235/55 R19 T165/90R 17
7.0J X 17 7.5J X 18 7.5J X 19 4.0T X 17
Cold tire inflation pressure, kPa (psi)
Front
Rear
240 (35)
240 (35)
420 (60)
Wheel Lug Nut Torque
kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m)
11~13 (79~94,107~127)
NOTICE
· It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
· An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
8
8-5
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VOLUME AND WEIGHT
Items Gross vehicle weight Luggage volume (SAE)
lbs. (kg) cu. ft. (l)
2.0 T-GDI
2WD
AWD
2WD
2.4 GDI
AWD
4,960 (2,250)
4,960 (2,250)
4,872 (2,210)
4,872 (2,210)
Behind 1st row : 71.3 (2,019) Behind 2nd row : 35.8 (1,016)
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Items
Refrigerant
oz. (g)
Compressor lubricant
oz. (cc)
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
8-6
Weight of Volume 22.05±0.88 (625±25) 4.23±0.35 (120±10)
Classification R-1234yf PAG
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
Lubricant Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)
Recommends
2.4 GDI
Volume 5.07 US qt. (4.8 l)
Classification SAE 5W-20 / API Latest (ILSAC Latest)
2.0 T-GDI
5.07 US qt. (4.8 l)
SAE 5W-30 / API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or ACEA A5/B5
Automatic transmission fluid
2.4 GDI 2.0 T-GDI
6.86 US qt. (6.5 l) 7.09 US qt. (7.0 l)
MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV or other brands meeting the above specification approved by HYUNDAI Motor Co.
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the 9 page.
*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
8
8-7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Lubricant Transfer case oil (AWD) Rear differential oil (AWD)
Volume
Classification
0.44 ~ 0.49 US qt. (0.47 ~ 0.52 l)
0.61 US qt. (0.58 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE75W/85 (SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W/85 or equivalent)
Coolant
Brake fluid Fuel
2.4 GDI
Standard package Trailer package
2.0 T-GDI
8.3 US qt. (7.9 l) 8.6 US qt. (8.2 l) 7.9 US qt. (7.5 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and water (Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for aluminum radiator)
0.46 ~ 0.5 US qt. (0.44 ~ 0.48 l)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
18.75 US gal. (71 l) Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter.
8-8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100
50 120
2.4 GDI *1
10W-30 5W-20, 0/5W-30
Engine Oil 2.0 T-GDI *2
20W-50 15W-40 10W-30 0/5W-30, 5W-40
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil
8
of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20. However, if the engine oil is not
available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the
engine oil viscosity chart.
*2 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil
of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30. However, if the engine oil is not
available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the
engine oil viscosity chart.
8-9
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
VIN label
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL
OTMA088011
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat. To check the number, open the cover.
OTM088008L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.
OTM088001
The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's side center pillar gives the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
8-10
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
2.4 GDI
REFRIGERANT LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)
OTM078063L
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
2.0 T-GDI
OTMA088009
OTM088005
The refrigerant label provides information such as refrigerant type and amount.
The label is located on the underside of the hood.
OTM088002
8
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
8-11
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:
Eastern Region:
Connecticut, Delaware, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont. Eastern Region 1122 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg, NJ 08831 (800) 633-5151
Southern Region:
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia.
Southern Region
3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066
(800) 633-5151
South Central Region: Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas. South Central Region 1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400 Coppell, TX 75019 (800) 633-5151
Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri. Central Region 2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181 (800) 633-5151
Western Region:
Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box 20850 Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850
(800) 633-5151
8-12
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE, West Building Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
8
8-13
Index
I
Index
A
AC inverter ...................................................................3-171 Air bag warning labels....................................................2-71 Air bags...........................................................................2-49
Additional safety precautions.....................................2-71 Air bag collision sensors ............................................2-65 Air bag inflation conditions .......................................2-67 Air bag non-inflation conditions ................................2-68 Air bag warning labels ...............................................2-71 Curtain air bags ..........................................................2-53 Driver's air bag ...........................................................2-51 How does the air bags system operate? .....................2-54 Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-60 Passenger's front air bag.............................................2-51 Side air bags ...............................................................2-52 SRS Care ....................................................................2-70 SRS components and functions..................................2-54 SRS warning light ......................................................2-55 What to expect after an air bag inflates .....................2-59 Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision ...............2-65 Air cleaner filter replacement .........................................7-27 Air conditioning system specification ..............................8-6 Air recirculation of passenger compartment while spraying the washer fluid ..........................................3-163 Air ventilation seats ........................................................2-22 Alarm system ..................................................................3-23 All Wheel Drive (AWD).................................................5-40
Antenna .............................................................................4-2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ......................................5-30 Appearance care..............................................................7-76
Exterior care ...............................................................7-76 Interior care ................................................................7-81 Armrest ...........................................................................2-16 Ashtray ..........................................................................3-168 Audio / Video / Navigation system ..................................4-4 Auto comfort control ....................................................3-164 Auto defogging system .................................................3-160 Auto hold ........................................................................5-27 Auto light position ........................................................3-112 Automatic climate control system ................................3-146 Automatic transmission ..................................................5-14 Good driving practices ...............................................5-18 Manual shift mode......................................................5-16 Shift lock system ........................................................5-17 Shift-lock release........................................................5-17 Transmission ranges ...................................................5-15 Automatic ventilation ...................................................3-163 AUX, USB and USB port.................................................4-2
I-2
B
Battery.............................................................................7-33 Battery recharging ......................................................7-35
Battery saver function ...................................................3-118 Before driving ...................................................................5-4 Blade type fuse ...............................................................7-54 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...............5-68 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system ..5-68 Blind-spot View Monitor system..................................3-131 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ......................................4-4 Bottle holder .................................................................3-168 Brake fluid ......................................................................7-26 Brake system...................................................................5-20
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-30 Auto hold....................................................................5-27 Disc brakes wear indicator .........................................5-21 Downhill Brake Control (DBC) .................................5-36 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................5-21 Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-32 Good braking practices ..............................................5-39 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) .................................5-36 Power brakes ..............................................................5-20 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-35 Bulb replacement ............................................................7-65 Daytime running light (DRL) ....................................7-65 Front fog lamp............................................................7-69 Front parking lamp .....................................................7-65 Front turn signal lamp ................................................7-65
Headlamp....................................................................7-65 High mounted stop lamp ............................................7-73 Interior light................................................................7-74 License plate light ......................................................7-73 Rear combination light bulb.......................................7-70 Side marker ................................................................7-65 Side repeater lamp......................................................7-69 Bulb wattage .....................................................................8-3 Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button..................5-9
C
Capacities (Lubricants) .....................................................8-7
Care
Exterior care ...............................................................7-76
Interior care ................................................................7-81
Tire care......................................................................7-37
Cargo security screen....................................................3-178
Cartridge type fuse..........................................................7-54
Cellular phone holder ...................................................3-139
Center console storage ..................................................3-165
Central door lock/unlock switch.....................................3-16
Certification label ...........................................................8-10
Chains
Tire chains ................................................................5-129
Check tire inflation pressure...........................................7-39
I
I-3
Index
Index
Child restraint system (CRS) ..........................................2-38 Booster seats...............................................................2-41 Forward-facing child restraint system........................2-41 Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-41 Lap/shoulder belt........................................................2-46 Lower anchors ............................................................2-44 Rearward-facing child restraint system......................2-40 Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-39 Tether anchors ............................................................2-45
Child-protector rear door lock ........................................3-18 Climate control air filter replacement.............................7-29 Climate control system
Automatic climate control system............................3-146 Manual climate control system ................................3-137 Clock .............................................................................3-173 Cluster ionizer...............................................................3-163 Coat hanger ...................................................................3-175 Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ................3-66 Compact spare tire replacement .....................................7-42 Coolant ............................................................................7-23 Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ...................................7-23 Crankcase emission control system ................................7-84 Cup holder.....................................................................3-168 Curtain air bags...............................................................2-53
I-4
D
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel illumination.................................................................3-67
Dashboard, see instrument cluster ..................................3-66 Day/night rearview mirror ..............................................3-30 Daytime running light (DRL) .......................................3-112 Defogging (Windshield) ...............................................3-156 Defroster .......................................................................3-162
Rear window defroster .............................................3-162 Defrosting (Windshield) ...............................................3-157 Dimensions .......................................................................8-2 Display illumination, see instrument panel
illumination.................................................................3-67 Displays, see instrument cluster .....................................3-66 Door locks.......................................................................3-13
Auto door lock/unlock features..................................3-17 Auto LOCK - Enable on shift ....................................3-17 Auto LOCK - Enable on speed ..................................3-17 Auto UNLOCK - Enable on shift ..............................3-18 Auto UNLOCK -Air bag deployment........................3-18 Central door lock/unlock switch ................................3-16 Child-protector rear door lock....................................3-18 Electronic child safety lock system............................3-19 Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system...........................3-21 Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system ...................................3-20 Downhill Brake Control (DBC) .....................................5-36 Drinks holders, see cup holders....................................3-168
Drive mode integrated control system............................5-51 NORMAL mode.........................................................5-51 SMART mode.............................................................5-52 Smart shift on trip computer ......................................5-53 SPORT mode..............................................................5-51
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ....................5-102 Driver position memory system .....................................3-24
Easy access function ..................................................3-26 Recalling memory positions.......................................3-25 Storing memory positions ..........................................3-24 Driver's air bag................................................................2-51 Driving at night.............................................................5-126 Driving in flooded areas ...............................................5-127 Driving in the rain.........................................................5-126
E
Electric Power Steering (EPS)........................................3-27 Electrochromic mirror (ECM) ........................................3-31 Electronic child safety lock system ................................3-19 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .................................5-32 Emission control system .................................................7-84
Crankcase emission control system ...........................7-84 Evaporative emission control System ........................7-84 Exhaust emission control system ...............................7-85 Engine compartment..................................................1-7, 7-3 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.................7-54 Engine coolant ................................................................7-23 Engine coolant temperature gauge .................................3-68
Engine number ................................................................8-11 Engine oil........................................................................7-21 Engine specification..........................................................8-2 Engine Start/Stop button ...................................................5-9 EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).....................................5-21 Evaporative emission control System.............................7-84 Event Data Recorder (EDR)...........................................F-10 Exhaust emission control system....................................7-85 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-18 Exterior care....................................................................7-76 Exterior overview
Front view ....................................................................1-2 Rear view......................................................................1-3
F
Flat tire............................................................................6-14
Changing tires ............................................................6-16
Floor mat anchor(s).......................................................3-176
Fluid
Brake fluid..................................................................7-26
Washer fluid ...............................................................7-27
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system ......5-54
Four Wheel Drive (4WD), see All Wheel Drive (AWD) ..5-40
Front fog lamp ..............................................................3-118
Front seat adjustment ........................................................2-6 Manual adjustment .......................................................2-6
I
Power adjustment .........................................................2-9
I-5
Index
Index Front seat head restraints ................................................2-18
Adjusting the height up and down .............................2-18 Removal/Reinstallation ..............................................2-19 Fuel filler door ................................................................3-62 Fuel gauge.......................................................................3-69 Fuel requirements .............................................................F-7 Fuel additives ...............................................................F-8 Fuses ...............................................................................7-52 Blade type fuse ...........................................................7-54 Cartridge type fuse .....................................................7-54 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ............7-54 Fuse/relay panel description.......................................7-55 Instrument panel fuse replacement.............................7-53 Multi fuse ...................................................................7-54
G
Gauges and meters ..........................................................3-68 Glove box......................................................................3-165
I-6
H
Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2 Hazardous driving conditions .......................................5-125 Head restraints ................................................................2-17
Front seat head restraints............................................2-18 Rear seat head restraints.............................................2-20 Head up display.............................................................3-110 Headlamp delay function ..............................................3-119 Headlamp leveling device.............................................3-119 Headlamp position ........................................................3-113 Headlight bulb replacement ............................................7-65 Heated steering wheel.....................................................3-29 High beam operation.....................................................3-114 Highway driving ...........................................................5-127 Hill-start assist control (HAC)........................................5-36 Hood................................................................................3-49 Horn ................................................................................3-28 How to use this manual ....................................................F-6
I
Idle Stop and Go (ISG)...................................................5-46 If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly.........6-3 If the engine overheats......................................................6-6 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...................6-2 If the engine stalls while driving ......................................6-2 If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start...........6-3 If the engine will not start.................................................6-3
If you have a flat tire while driving..................................6-3 Ignition switch
Engine Start/Stop button ..............................................5-9 Key ignition switch ......................................................5-6 Immobilizer system.........................................................3-12 Improtant safety precautions.............................................2-2 Air bag hazards ............................................................2-2 Always wear your seat belt ..........................................2-2 Control your speed .......................................................2-3 Driver distraction..........................................................2-2 Keep your vehicle in safe condition.............................2-3 Restrain all children .....................................................2-2 In case of emergency while driving..................................6-2 Indicator light..................................................................3-74 Inside rearview mirror ....................................................3-30 Instrument cluster ...........................................................3-66 Assist mode ................................................................3-93 Gauges and meters .....................................................3-68 Instrument panel illumination ....................................3-67 LCD display control ...................................................3-91 LCD display messages ...............................................3-85 LCD display modes....................................................3-92 Shift indicator pop-up ................................................3-72 Transmission shift indicator .......................................3-71 Trip computer mode ...................................................3-93 User settings mode .....................................................3-95 Warning and indicator lights ......................................3-72 Instrument panel fuse replacement .................................7-53 Instrument panel overview ...............................................1-5
Interior care.....................................................................7-81 Interior features
AC inverter ...............................................................3-171 Ashtray .....................................................................3-168 Bottle holder .............................................................3-168 Cargo security screen ...............................................3-178 Clock ........................................................................3-175 Coat hook .................................................................3-176 Cup holder ................................................................3-168 Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................3-176 Luggage net holder...................................................3-177 Power outlet..............................................................3-170 Side curtain...............................................................3-180 Sunvisor ....................................................................3-169 USB charger .............................................................3-173 Wireless cellular phone charging system .................3-173 Interior lamp AUTO cut................................................3-120 Interior lights.................................................................3-120 Front lamps...............................................................3-120 Interior lamp AUTO cut ...........................................3-120 Luggage compartment lamp.....................................3-121 Puddle lamp..............................................................3-122 Rear lamps................................................................3-121 Vanity mirror lamp ...................................................3-122 Interior overview...............................................................1-4
I
I-7
Index
Index
J
Jump starting.....................................................................6-4
K
Key ignition switch...........................................................5-6
L
Label Refrigerant label .........................................................8-11 Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-43 Tire specification and pressure label ..........................8-11 Vehicle certification label...........................................8-10
Lane change signals ......................................................3-117 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............................5-93 Lap/shoulder belt ............................................................2-28 LCD display
LCD display modes....................................................3-92 Assist mode ................................................................3-93 Master warning mode.................................................3-94 Quick guide ................................................................3-96 Trip computer mode ...................................................3-93 Turn By Turn (TBT) mode.........................................3-93 User settings mode .....................................................3-95 LCD display messages Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning system ............3-89 Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse ...................................3-86
I-8
Check Driver Attention Warning system ...................3-90 Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system...3-89 Check headlight..........................................................3-89 Check headlight LED .................................................3-89 Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system ...................3-89 Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............3-90 Check Smart Cruise Control System .........................3-90 Check turn signal........................................................3-89 Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator ..........................3-86 Engine overheated ......................................................3-88 Key not detected.........................................................3-85 Key not in vehicle ......................................................3-85 Lights mode................................................................3-88 Low fuel .....................................................................3-88 Low key battery..........................................................3-85 Low pressure ..............................................................3-87 Low washer fluid........................................................3-88 Press brake pedal to start engine................................3-85 Press START button again .........................................3-85 Press START button with key ....................................3-86 Shift to P.....................................................................3-85 Shift to P or N to start engine ....................................3-85 Sunroof open indicator ...............................................3-87 Window open indicator ..............................................3-87 Wiper mode ................................................................3-88 LCD display modes ........................................................3-92 Leading vehicle departure alert ....................................5-123
Liftgate ............................................................................3-50
Maintenance under severe usage
Power liftgate .............................................................3-52
conditions (2.0 T-GDI)............................................7-16
Smart liftgate ..............................................................3-59
Maintenance under severe usage
Light ..............................................................................3-112
conditions (2.4 GDI) ..............................................7-11
Auto light position....................................................3-112
Normal maintenance schedule (2.0 T-GDI) ...............7-13
Battery saver function ..............................................3-118
Normal maintenance schedule (2.4 GDI) ....................7-8
Daytime running light (DRL)...................................3-112
Owner maintenance......................................................7-5
Front fog lamp ..........................................................3-118
Scheduled maintenance services ..................................7-7
Headlamp delay function..........................................3-119
Tire maintenance ........................................................7-43
Headlamp leveling device ........................................3-119 Maintenance services ........................................................7-4
Headlamp position....................................................3-113 Manual climate control system.....................................3-137
High Beam Assist (HBA) system.............................3-114 Master warning mode .....................................................3-94
High beam operation ................................................3-114 Lane change signals..................................................3-117 One-touch turn signal function.................................3-118 Parking lamp position...............................................3-113
Mirrors ............................................................................3-30 Adjusting the side view mirrors .................................3-39 Day/night rearview mirror..........................................3-30 Electrochromic mirror (ECM)....................................3-31
Turn signals ..............................................................3-117
Folding the side view mirrors ....................................3-39
Light bulbs ......................................................................7-65
Inside rearview mirror................................................3-30
Lubricants and capacities..................................................8-7
Reverse parking aid function .....................................3-39
Luggage compartment lamp .........................................3-121
Side view mirrors .......................................................3-38
Luggage net holder .......................................................3-177 Moonroof, see sunroof....................................................3-45
Luggage tray .................................................................3-167 Multi fuse........................................................................7-54
Multimedia system............................................................4-2
M
Antenna ........................................................................4-2
Audio / Video / Navigation system ..............................4-4
Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ............7-18
AUX, USB and iPod® port ..........................................4-2 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology..................................4-4
I
Maintenance services ...................................................7-4
Steering wheel audio controls ......................................4-3
Index
I-9
Index
N
NORMAL mode .............................................................5-51
O
Occupant Classification System (OCS)..........................2-60 Odometer.........................................................................3-70 Oil (Engine) ....................................................................7-21 One touch turn signal function .....................................3-118 Outside temperature gauge .............................................3-70 Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5
P
Panoramic sunroof, see sunroof......................................3-45 Parking lamp position ...................................................3-113 Passenger's front air bag .................................................2-51 Power brakes...................................................................5-20 Power liftgate..................................................................3-52 Power outlet ..................................................................3-168 Power window lock switch.............................................3-44 Pre-tensioner seat belt.....................................................2-31
Emergency fastening device.......................................2-31 Retractor pretensioner ................................................2-31 Puddle lamp ..................................................................3-122
I-10
R
Range ..............................................................................3-71 Rear center seat belt........................................................2-31 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Avoidance
Assist (RCCA) system.................................................5-82 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system ..5-82 Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system ...............................3-21 Rear seat adjustment .......................................................2-13
Armrest .......................................................................2-16 Folding the rear seat ...................................................2-13 Rear seat head restraints .................................................2-20 Adjusting the height up and down .............................2-20 Removal/Reinstallation ..............................................2-21 Rear view monitor ........................................................3-128 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...................7-38 Recommended lubricants and capacities ..........................8-7 Reduce the risk of a rollover ........................................5-128 Refrigerant label..............................................................8-11 Remote key .......................................................................3-4 Battery replacement......................................................3-7 Locking.........................................................................3-4 Mechanical key ............................................................3-6 Unlocking .....................................................................3-4 Unlocking the liftgate...................................................3-5 Replacement light bulb ...................................................7-65 Reverse parking aid function ..........................................3-39 Reverse Parking Distance Warning system ..................3-133
Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-125 Roof side rails ...............................................................3-181 Rotation (Tire) ................................................................7-39
S
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system .......................................3-20 Safety messages................................................................F-6 Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7 Seat belt warning light
Driver's seat ................................................................2-26 Front passenger's seat.................................................2-27 Seat belts .........................................................................2-25 Additional seat belt safety precautions ......................2-34 Care of seat belts ........................................................2-37 Convertible locking retractor .....................................2-30 Do not lie down..........................................................2-36 Emergency locking retractor ......................................2-28 Height adjustment ......................................................2-29 Keep belts clean and dry ............................................2-37 Lap/shoulder belt........................................................2-28 One person per belt ....................................................2-36 Periodic inspection .....................................................2-37 Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................2-31 Rear center seat belt ...................................................2-31 Seat belt safety precautions........................................2-25 Seat belt use and children...........................................2-35 Seat belt use during pregnancy ..................................2-34 Seat belt warning light ...............................................2-26
Transporting an injured person ..................................2-36
When to replace seat belts..........................................2-37
Seat warmers...................................................................2-21
Seats ..................................................................................2-4
Air ventilation seats....................................................2-22
Front seat adjustment ...................................................2-6
Front seat warmers .....................................................2-21
Head restraints............................................................2-16
Rear seat adjustment ..................................................2-13
Rear seat warmers ......................................................2-23
Safety precautions ........................................................2-5
Side air bags....................................................................2-52
Side curtain ...................................................................3-180
Side view mirrors............................................................3-38
Smart cruise control ......................................................5-106
Smart high beam ...........................................................3-114
Smart key ..........................................................................3-7
Battery replacement....................................................3-12
Locking.........................................................................3-8
Mechanical key ..........................................................3-10
Opening the liftgate......................................................3-9
Unlocking .....................................................................3-8
Smart liftgate...................................................................3-59
SMART mode .................................................................5-52
Smooth cornering..........................................................5-126
Snow tires .....................................................................5-129
I
Spare tire
Compact spare tire replacement .................................7-42
I-11
Index
Index
Special driving conditions Driving at night ........................................................5-126 Driving in flooded areas...........................................5-127 Driving in the rain ....................................................5-126 Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-125 Highway driving.......................................................5-127 Reduce the risk of a rollover....................................5-128 Rocking the vehicle..................................................5-125 Smooth cornering .....................................................5-126
Speedometer....................................................................3-68 SPORT mode ..................................................................5-51 Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ...................6-3 Steering wheel
Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-27 Heated steering wheel ................................................3-29 Horn ............................................................................3-28 Tilt steering / Telescope steering................................3-28 Steering wheel audio controls...........................................4-3 Storage compartment ....................................................3-165 Center console storage .............................................3-165 Glove box .................................................................3-165 Luggage tray.............................................................3-166 Sunglass holder ........................................................3-166 Tray...........................................................................3-166 Sunglass holder .............................................................3-166 Sunroof............................................................................3-45 Sunroof inside air recirculation ....................................3-164 Sunvisor ........................................................................3-169 Surround view monitoring ............................................3-129
I-12
T
Tachometer......................................................................3-68 Theft-alarm system .........................................................3-23 Tilt steering/Telescope steering ......................................3-28 Tire chains.....................................................................5-129 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ........................6-8 Tire rotation ....................................................................7-39 Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-11 Tires and wheels .............................................................7-37
Check tire inflation pressure ......................................7-39 Compact spare tire replacement .................................7-42 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...............7-38 Tire care......................................................................7-37 Tire maintenance ........................................................7-43 Tire replacement.........................................................7-41 Tire rotation ................................................................7-39 Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-43 Tire terminology and definitions................................7-47 Tire traction ................................................................7-42 Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-40 Wheel replacement .............................................7-42, 8-5 Towing ............................................................................6-21 Trailer towing................................................................5-133 Reference weight and distance.................................5-135 Tray ...............................................................................3-166
Trip computer................................................................3-106 Accumulated Info display ........................................3-108 Average fuel economy..............................................3-107 Digital speedometer..................................................3-109 Driving Info display .................................................3-108 Instant fuel economy ................................................3-107 Smart shift ................................................................3-109
Turn signals...................................................................3-117
U
USB charger..................................................................3-173 User settings mode..........................................................3-95
V
Vanity mirror lamp........................................................3-122 Vehicle break-in process...................................................F-9 Vehicle certification label ...............................................8-10 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-10 Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-141
Tire loading information label..................................5-142 Vehicle modification.........................................................F-9 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)............................5-35 Vehicle weight and luggage volume.................................8-6
W
Warning and indicator lights...........................................3-72
Air bag warning light .................................................3-72
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light......................3-78
All wheel drive LOCK indicator light .......................3-84
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light ...........3-74
AUTO HOLD indicator light .....................................3-83
Charging system warning light ..................................3-76
Cruise indicator light..................................................3-83
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) indicator light .........3-84
Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light.............3-75
Electronic brake force warning light..........................3-74
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light..........3-75
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF
indicator light ..........................................................3-81
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light.....3-80
Engine oil pressure warning light ..............................3-76
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
system warning light ...............................................3-79
Front fog indicator light .............................................3-82
High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light ...................3-83
High beam indicator light ..........................................3-82
Icy road warning light ................................................3-80
Immobilizer indicator light ........................................3-81
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system indicator light...3-79
I
LED headlight warning light......................................3-79
Light ON indicator light.............................................3-82
I-13
Index
Index
Low fuel level warning light......................................3-77 Low tire pressure warning light .................................3-78 Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL).............................3-75 Master warning light ..................................................3-77 Parking brake & brake fluid warning light ................3-73 Seat belt warning light ...............................................3-72 SMART mode indicator light.....................................3-84 SPORT mode indicator light ......................................3-83 Turn signal indicator light ..........................................3-82 Washer fluid warning light.........................................3-77 Warning light ..................................................................3-72 Washer fluid ....................................................................7-27 Welcome system ...........................................................3-123 Headlamp and parking lamp ....................................3-123 Interior lamp .............................................................3-123 Puddle lamp and door handle lamp..........................3-123 Wheel alignment and tire balance ..................................7-40 Wheel replacement .........................................................7-42 Windows .........................................................................3-41 Auto up/down window ...............................................3-43 Automatic reverse ......................................................3-43 Power window lock switch ........................................3-44 Power windows ..........................................................3-42 Resetting the windows ...............................................3-43 Windshield defrosting and defogging...........................3-158 Windshield washers ......................................................3-124 Windshield wipers.........................................................3-124
Winter driving ...............................................................5-129 Snow tires .................................................................5-129 Tire chains ................................................................5-129
Winter Precautions........................................................5-131 Wiper blades replacement...............................................7-31
Front wiper .................................................................7-32 Rear wiper ..................................................................7-32 Wipers and washers ......................................................3-124 Front windshield washers.........................................3-126 Front windshield wipers ...........................................3-124 Rear window wiper and washer ...............................3-127 Wireless cellular phone charging system......................3-173
I-14
Adobe Acrobat Pro 11.0.19